1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
156     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
157     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
158     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
159       if (FoundTypeDecl)
160         return ParsedType();
161       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
162       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164     }
165   }
166   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
167     return ParsedType();
168 
169   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
170   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
171   // lookup during template instantiation.
172   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
173 
174   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
175   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
176                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
177   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
178 
179   CXXScopeSpec SS;
180   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
181 
182   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
183   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
184   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
185   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
186   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
187   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
188 }
189 
190 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
191 /// return the declaration of that type.
192 ///
193 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
194 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
195 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
196 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
197 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
198 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
199                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
200                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
201                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
202                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
203                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
204                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
205   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
206   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
207   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
208     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
209     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
210       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
211   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
212     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
213 
214     if (!LookupCtx) {
215       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
216         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
217         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
218         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
219         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
220         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
221         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
222         //
223         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
224         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
225         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
226           return ParsedType();
227 
228         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
229         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
230         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
231           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
232 
233         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
234         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
235                                        II, NameLoc);
236         return ParsedType::make(T);
237       }
238 
239       return ParsedType();
240     }
241 
242     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
243         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
244       return ParsedType();
245   }
246 
247   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
248   // lookup for class-names.
249   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
250                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
251   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
252   if (LookupCtx) {
253     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
254     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
255     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
256     // nested-name-specifier.
257     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
258 
259     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
260       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
261       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
262       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
263       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
264       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
265       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
266       LookupName(Result, S);
267     }
268   } else {
269     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
270     LookupName(Result, S);
271 
272     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
273     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
274     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
275       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
276               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
277         return TypeInBase;
278     }
279   }
280 
281   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
282   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
283   case LookupResult::NotFound:
284   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
285     if (CorrectedII) {
286       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
287       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
288                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
289                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
290       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
291       TemplateTy Template;
292       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
293       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
294       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
295       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
296       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
297       if (SS && NNS) {
298         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
299         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
300       }
301       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
302           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
303           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
304           // is handled elsewhere).
305           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
306             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
307                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
308         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
309                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
310                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
311                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
312         if (Ty) {
313           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
314                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
315                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
316           if (SS && NNS)
317             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
318           *CorrectedII = NewII;
319           return Ty;
320         }
321       }
322     }
323     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
324   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
325   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
326     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
327     return ParsedType();
328 
329   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
330     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
331     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
332     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
333     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
334     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
335     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
336       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
337       return ParsedType();
338     }
339 
340     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
341     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
342          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
343       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
344         if (!IIDecl ||
345             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
346               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
347           IIDecl = *Res;
348       }
349     }
350 
351     if (!IIDecl) {
352       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
353       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
354       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
355       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
356       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
357       // a type name.
358       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
359       return ParsedType();
360     }
361 
362     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
363     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
364     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
365     // perform the name lookup again.
366     break;
367 
368   case LookupResult::Found:
369     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
370     break;
371   }
372 
373   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
374 
375   QualType T;
376   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
377     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
378 
379     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
380 
381     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
382     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
383     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
384     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
385       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
386         // Construct a type with type-source information.
387         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
388         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
389 
390         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
391         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
392         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
393         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
394         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
395       } else {
396         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
397       }
398     }
399   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
400     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
401     if (!HasTrailingDot)
402       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
403   }
404 
405   if (T.isNull()) {
406     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
407     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
408     return ParsedType();
409   }
410   return ParsedType::make(T);
411 }
412 
413 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
414 static NestedNameSpecifier *
415 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
416   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
417     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
418     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
419     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
420       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
421     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
422       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
423                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
424     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
425       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
426   }
427   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
428 }
429 
430 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
431                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
432   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
433   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
434   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
435 
436   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
437   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
438   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
439   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
440       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
441   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
442 
443   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
444   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
445   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
446   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
447   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
448 
449   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
450   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
451   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
452   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
453   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
454   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
455 }
456 
457 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
458 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
459 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
460 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
461 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
462 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
463   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
464   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
465   LookupName(R, S, false);
466   R.suppressDiagnostics();
467   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
468     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
469       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
470       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
471       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
472       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
473       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
474       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
475       }
476     }
477 
478   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
479 }
480 
481 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
482 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
483 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
484 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
485 /// @code
486 /// template<class T> class A {
487 /// public:
488 ///   typedef int TYPE;
489 /// };
490 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
491 /// public:
492 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
493 /// };
494 /// @endcode
495 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
496   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
497     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
498 
499     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
500     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
501       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
502         return true;
503     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
504   }
505   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
506 }
507 
508 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
509                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
510                                    Scope *S,
511                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
512                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
513                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
514   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
515   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
516 
517   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
518   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
519   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
520   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
521                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
522                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
523     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
524       // We corrected to a keyword.
525       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
526       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
527     } else {
528       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
529       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
530         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
531                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
532       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
533         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
534         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
535                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
536         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
537                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
538                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
539       } else {
540         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
541       }
542 
543       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
544       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
545         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
546                           SourceRange(IILoc));
547       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
548                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
549                                   false, ParsedType(),
550                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
551                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
552     }
553     return;
554   }
555 
556   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
557     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
558     UnqualifiedId Name;
559     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
560     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
561     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
562     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
563     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
564                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
565                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
566       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
567       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
568       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
569         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
570           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
571       }
572       return;
573     }
574   }
575 
576   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
577   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
578 
579   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
580     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
581   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
582     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
583       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
584   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
585     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
586     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
587       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
588 
589     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
590       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
591       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
592       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
593     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
594                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
595   } else {
596     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
597            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
598   }
599 }
600 
601 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
602 /// or
603 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
604   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
605                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
606 
607   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
608     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
609       return true;
610 
611     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
612       return true;
613   }
614 
615   return false;
616 }
617 
618 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
619                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
620                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
621                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
622   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
623   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
624   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
625     StringRef FixItTagName;
626     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
627       case TTK_Class:
628         FixItTagName = "class ";
629         break;
630 
631       case TTK_Enum:
632         FixItTagName = "enum ";
633         break;
634 
635       case TTK_Struct:
636         FixItTagName = "struct ";
637         break;
638 
639       case TTK_Interface:
640         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
641         break;
642 
643       case TTK_Union:
644         FixItTagName = "union ";
645         break;
646     }
647 
648     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
649     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
650       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
651       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
652 
653     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
654          I != IEnd; ++I)
655       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
656         << Name << TagName;
657 
658     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
659     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
660     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
661     return true;
662   }
663 
664   return false;
665 }
666 
667 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
668 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
669                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
671 
672   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
673   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
674 
675   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
676   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
677   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
678   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
679   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
680 }
681 
682 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
683                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
684                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
685                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
686                                             const Token &NextToken,
687                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
688                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
689   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
690   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
691 
692   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
693     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
694                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
695   }
696 
697   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
698   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
699 
700   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
701   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
702   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
703     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
704             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
705       return TypeInBase;
706   }
707 
708   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
709   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
710   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
711   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
712   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
713     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
714     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
715       return E;
716   }
717 
718   bool SecondTry = false;
719   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
720 
721 Corrected:
722   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
723   case LookupResult::NotFound:
724     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
725     // call.
726     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
727       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
728       // FIXME: Reference?
729       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
730         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
731 
732       // C90 6.3.2.2:
733       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
734       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
735       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
736       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
737       //   the function call, the declaration
738       //
739       //     extern int identifier ();
740       //
741       //   appeared.
742       //
743       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
744       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
745         Result.addDecl(D);
746         Result.resolveKind();
747         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
748       }
749     }
750 
751     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
752     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
753     // "struct", or "union".
754     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
755         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
756       break;
757     }
758 
759     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
760     // close to this name.
761     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
762       SecondTry = true;
763       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
764                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
765                                                  &SS, *CCC,
766                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
767         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
768         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
769 
770         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
771         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
772           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
773         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
774             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
775           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
776           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
777         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
778                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
779                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
780                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
781           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
782           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
783         }
784 
785         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
786           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
787         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
788           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
789           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
790                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
791           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
792                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
793                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
794         }
795 
796         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
797         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
798 
799         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
800         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
801           return Name;
802 
803         // Also update the LookupResult...
804         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
805         Result.clear();
806         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
807         if (FirstDecl)
808           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
809 
810         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
811         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
812         // reference the ivar.
813         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
814         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
815           Result.clear();
816           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
817           return E;
818         }
819 
820         goto Corrected;
821       }
822     }
823 
824     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
825     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
826     return NameClassification::Unknown();
827 
828   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
829     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
830     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
831     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
832 
833     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
834     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
835     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
836     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
837     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
838     //
839     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
840     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
841     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
842     // keyword here.
843     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
844                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
845                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
846   }
847 
848   case LookupResult::Found:
849   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
850   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
851     break;
852 
853   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
854     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
855         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
856       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
857       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
858       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
859       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
860       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
861       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
862       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
863       //   ambiguous.
864       //
865       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
866       // so try again after filtering out template names.
867       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
868       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
869         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
870         break;
871       }
872     }
873 
874     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
875     return NameClassification::Error();
876   }
877 
878   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
879       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
880     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
881     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
882     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
883     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
884     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
885     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
886     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
887       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
888 
889     if (!Result.empty()) {
890       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
891       bool IsVarTemplate;
892       TemplateName Template;
893       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
894         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
895         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
896                                                      Result.end());
897       } else {
898         TemplateDecl *TD
899           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
900         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
901         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
902 
903         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
904           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
905                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
906                                                       TD);
907         else
908           Template = TemplateName(TD);
909       }
910 
911       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
912         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
913         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
914         // to based on which function we selected.
915         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
916 
917         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
918       }
919 
920       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
921                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
922     }
923   }
924 
925   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
926   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
927     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
928     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
929     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
930       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
931     return ParsedType::make(T);
932   }
933 
934   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
935   if (!Class) {
936     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
937     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
938             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
939       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
940   }
941 
942   if (Class) {
943     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
944 
945     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
946       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
947       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
948       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
949       return NameClassification::Unknown();
950     }
951 
952     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
953     return ParsedType::make(T);
954   }
955 
956   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
957   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
958     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
959         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
960 
961   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
962   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
963   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
964   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
965        (NextIsOp &&
966         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
967       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
968     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
969     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
970     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
971     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
972       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
973     return ParsedType::make(T);
974   }
975 
976   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
977     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
978                                            nullptr);
979 
980   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
981   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
982 }
983 
984 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
985 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
986 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
987 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
988 
989   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
990   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
991   // the context we'll need to return to.
992   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
993   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
994   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
995   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
996   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
997   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
998   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
999   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1000   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1001   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1002     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1003 
1004     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1005     // lexical context.
1006     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1007       return DC;
1008 
1009     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1010     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1011     // class is the context we need to return to.
1012     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1013       DC = RD;
1014 
1015     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1016     // declared in.
1017     return DC;
1018   }
1019 
1020   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1021 }
1022 
1023 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1024   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1025       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1026   CurContext = DC;
1027   S->setEntity(DC);
1028 }
1029 
1030 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1031   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1032 
1033   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1034   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1035 }
1036 
1037 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1038 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1039 ///
1040 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1041   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1042   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1043   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1044   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1045   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1046   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1047   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1048   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1049   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1050   //   namespace.
1051   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1052   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1053   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1054   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1055   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1056 
1057   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1058 
1059 #ifndef NDEBUG
1060   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1061   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1062   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1063 #endif
1064 
1065   CurContext = DC;
1066   S->setEntity(DC);
1067 }
1068 
1069 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1070   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1071 
1072   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1073   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1074   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1075   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1076   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1077 
1078   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1079   // disappear.
1080 }
1081 
1082 
1083 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1084   // We assume that the caller has already called
1085   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1086   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1087   if (!FD)
1088     return;
1089 
1090   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1091   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1092   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1093     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1094   CurContext = FD;
1095   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1096 
1097   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1098     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1099     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1100     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1101       S->AddDecl(Param);
1102       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1103     }
1104   }
1105 }
1106 
1107 
1108 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1109   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1110   // rather than the top-level class.
1111   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1112   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1113   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1114 }
1115 
1116 
1117 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1118 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1119 ///
1120 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1121 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1122 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1123 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1124 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1125 /// attribute.
1126 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1127                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1128   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1129     return true;
1130 
1131   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1132     return true;
1133 
1134   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1135           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1136 }
1137 
1138 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1139 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1140   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1141   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1142   // scope.
1143   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1144     S = S->getParent();
1145 
1146   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1147   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1148   // into any context.
1149   if (AddToContext)
1150     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1151 
1152   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1153   // are function-local declarations.
1154   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1155       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1156         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1157       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1158     return;
1159 
1160   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1161   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1162       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1163     return;
1164 
1165   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1166   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1167                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1168   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1169     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1170       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1171       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1172 
1173       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1174       break;
1175     }
1176   }
1177 
1178   S->AddDecl(D);
1179 
1180   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1181     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1182     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1183     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1184     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1185       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1186       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1187         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1188           continue;
1189       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1190         break;
1191     }
1192 
1193     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1194   } else {
1195     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1196   }
1197 }
1198 
1199 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1200   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1201     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1202 }
1203 
1204 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1205                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1206   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1207 }
1208 
1209 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1210   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1211   do {
1212     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1213       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1214         return S;
1215   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1216 
1217   return nullptr;
1218 }
1219 
1220 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1221                                             DeclContext*,
1222                                             ASTContext&);
1223 
1224 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1225 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1226 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1227                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1228                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1229   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1230   while (F.hasNext()) {
1231     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1232 
1233     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1234       continue;
1235 
1236     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1237       continue;
1238 
1239     F.erase();
1240   }
1241 
1242   F.done();
1243 }
1244 
1245 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1246   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1247          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1248          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1249 }
1250 
1251 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1252 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1253   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1254   while (F.hasNext())
1255     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1256       F.erase();
1257 
1258   F.done();
1259 }
1260 
1261 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1262 /// @code
1263 /// class S {
1264 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1265 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1266 /// };
1267 /// @endcode
1268 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1269   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1270   // the decl here.
1271   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1275     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1276   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1277     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1278   return false;
1279 }
1280 
1281 // We need this to handle
1282 //
1283 // typedef struct {
1284 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1285 // } A;
1286 //
1287 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1288 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1289 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1290 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1291 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1292 // not.
1293 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1294   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1295   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1296     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1297       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1298         return true;
1299     }
1300     DC = DC->getParent();
1301   }
1302 
1303   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1304 }
1305 
1306 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1307 // these semantics.
1308 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1309   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1310     return false;
1311   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1312 }
1313 
1314 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1315   assert(D);
1316 
1317   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1318     return false;
1319 
1320   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1321   // of members of class templates.
1322   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1323       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1324     return false;
1325 
1326   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1327     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1328       return false;
1329 
1330     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1331       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1332         return false;
1333     } else {
1334       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1335       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1336         return false;
1337     }
1338 
1339     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1340         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1341       return false;
1342   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1343     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1344     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1345     // like "inline".)
1346     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1347       return false;
1348 
1349     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1350       return false;
1351 
1352     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1353         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1354       return false;
1355   } else {
1356     return false;
1357   }
1358 
1359   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1360   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1361   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1362   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1363 }
1364 
1365 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1366   if (!D)
1367     return;
1368 
1369   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1370     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1371     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1372       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1373   }
1374 
1375   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1376     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1377     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1378       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1379   }
1380 
1381   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1382     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1383 }
1384 
1385 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1386   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1390       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1391     return false;
1392 
1393   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1394     return true;
1395 
1396   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1397   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1398       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1399     return false;
1400 
1401   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1402   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1403 
1404     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1405     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1406 
1407     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1408     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1409       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1410         return false;
1411     }
1412 
1413     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1414     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1415     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1416       return false;
1417 
1418     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1419       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1420       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1421         return false;
1422 
1423       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1424         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1425           return false;
1426 
1427         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1428           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1429                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1430             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1431           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1432             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1433           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1434             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1435             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1436               return false;
1437           }
1438         }
1439       }
1440     }
1441 
1442     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1443   }
1444 
1445   return true;
1446 }
1447 
1448 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1449                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1450   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1451     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1452                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1453     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1454       return;
1455     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1456                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1457   }
1458   return;
1459 }
1460 
1461 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1462 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1463 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1464   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1465     return;
1466 
1467   FixItHint Hint;
1468   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1469 
1470   unsigned DiagID;
1471   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1472     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1473   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1474     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1475   else
1476     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1477 
1478   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1479 }
1480 
1481 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1482   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1483   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1484   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1485   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1486     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1487 }
1488 
1489 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1490   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1491 
1492   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1493   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1494          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1495 
1496   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1497     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1498 
1499     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1500     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1501 
1502     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1503 
1504     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1505     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1506       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1507 
1508     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1509     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1510       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1511 
1512     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1513     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1514   }
1515 }
1516 
1517 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1518 ///
1519 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1520 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1521 /// to the fixed name.
1522 ///
1523 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1524 ///
1525 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1526 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1527 ///
1528 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1529 /// class could not be found.
1530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1531                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1532                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1533   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1534   // creation from this context.
1535   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1536 
1537   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1538     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1539     // find an Objective-C class name.
1540     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1541     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1542                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1543                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1544       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1545       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1546       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1547     }
1548   }
1549   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1550   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1551   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1552       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1553   return Def;
1554 }
1555 
1556 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1557 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1558 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1559 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1560 /// ill-formed in C++:
1561 /// @code
1562 /// struct S6 {
1563 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1564 /// };
1565 ///
1566 /// void test_S6() {
1567 ///   struct S6 a;
1568 ///   a.e = BAR;
1569 /// }
1570 /// @endcode
1571 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1572 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1573 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1574 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1575 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1576 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1577 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1578 /// contain non-field names.
1579 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1580   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1581          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1582          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1583     S = S->getParent();
1584   return S;
1585 }
1586 
1587 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1588 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1589 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1590 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1591 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1592                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1593   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1594     return;
1595   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1596 
1597   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1598                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1599   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1600   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1601     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1602       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1603 }
1604 
1605 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1606   switch (Error) {
1607   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1608     return "";
1609   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1610     return "stdio.h";
1611   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1612     return "setjmp.h";
1613   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1614     return "ucontext.h";
1615   }
1616   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1617 }
1618 
1619 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1620 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1621 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1622 /// built-in.
1623 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1624                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1625                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1626   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1627 
1628   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1629 
1630   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1631   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1632   if (Error) {
1633     if (ForRedeclaration)
1634       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1635           << getHeaderName(Error)
1636           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1637     return nullptr;
1638   }
1639 
1640   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1641     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1642       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1643       << R;
1644     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1645         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1646       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1647           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1648           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1649   }
1650 
1651   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1653     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1654         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1655                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1656     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1657     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1658     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1659   }
1660 
1661   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1662                                            Parent,
1663                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1664                                            SC_Extern,
1665                                            false,
1666                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1667   New->setImplicit();
1668 
1669   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1670   // FunctionDecl.
1671   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1672     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1673     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1674       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1675           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1676                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1677                               SC_None, nullptr);
1678       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1679       Params.push_back(parm);
1680     }
1681     New->setParams(Params);
1682   }
1683 
1684   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1685   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1686 
1687   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1688   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1689   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1690   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1691   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1692   CurContext = Parent;
1693   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1694   CurContext = SavedContext;
1695   return New;
1696 }
1697 
1698 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1699 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1700 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1701 /// entity.
1702 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1703                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1704                                               LookupResult &previous){
1705   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1706   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1707     return;
1708 
1709   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1710   if (previous.empty())
1711     return;
1712 
1713   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1714   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1715     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1716 
1717     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1718     if (!old->isHidden())
1719       continue;
1720 
1721     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1722       filter.erase();
1723   }
1724 
1725   filter.done();
1726 }
1727 
1728 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1729 /// entity if their types are the same.
1730 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1731 /// isSameEntity.
1732 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1733                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1734                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1735   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1736   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1737     return;
1738 
1739   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1740   if (Previous.empty())
1741     return;
1742 
1743   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1744   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1745     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1746 
1747     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1748     if (!Old->isHidden())
1749       continue;
1750 
1751     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1752     // different linkages.
1753     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1754       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1755                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1756         continue;
1757 
1758     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1759       Filter.erase();
1760   }
1761 
1762   Filter.done();
1763 }
1764 
1765 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1766   QualType OldType;
1767   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1768     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1769   else
1770     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1771   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1772 
1773   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1774     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1775     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1776     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1777       << Kind << NewType;
1778     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1779       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1780     New->setInvalidDecl();
1781     return true;
1782   }
1783 
1784   if (OldType != NewType &&
1785       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1786       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1787       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1788     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1789     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1790       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1791     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1792       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1793     New->setInvalidDecl();
1794     return true;
1795   }
1796   return false;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1800 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1801 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1802 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1803 ///
1804 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1805   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1806   // merging checks.
1807   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1808 
1809   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1810   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1811   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1812     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1813     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1814     default: break;
1815     case 2:
1816       {
1817         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1818           break;
1819         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1820         if (!T->isPointerType())
1821           break;
1822         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1823           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1824           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1825             break;
1826         }
1827         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1828         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1829         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1830         return;
1831       }
1832     case 5:
1833       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1834         break;
1835       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1836       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1837       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1838       return;
1839     case 3:
1840       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1841         break;
1842       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1843       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1844       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1845       return;
1846     }
1847     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1848   }
1849 
1850   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1851   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1852   if (!Old) {
1853     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1854       << New->getDeclName();
1855 
1856     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1857     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1858       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1859 
1860     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1861   }
1862 
1863   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1864   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1865     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1866 
1867   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1868   // with any extensions enabled.
1869   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1870     return;
1871 
1872   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1873   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1874   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1875     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1876     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1877   }
1878 
1879   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1880     return;
1881 
1882   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1883     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1884     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1885     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1886     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1887     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1888       return;
1889 
1890     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1891     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1892     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1893     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1894     //
1895     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1896     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1897     //
1898     //   struct S {
1899     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1900     //   };
1901     //
1902     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1903     // allow the above but disallow
1904     //
1905     //   struct S {
1906     //     typedef int I;
1907     //     typedef int I;
1908     //   };
1909     //
1910     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1911     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1912       return;
1913 
1914     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1915       << New->getDeclName();
1916     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1917     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1918   }
1919 
1920   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1921   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1922     return;
1923 
1924   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1925   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1926   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1927   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1928   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1929       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1930        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1931     return;
1932 
1933   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1934     << New->getDeclName();
1935   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1936   return;
1937 }
1938 
1939 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1940 /// attribute.
1941 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1942   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1943   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1944   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1945     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1946       if (Ann) {
1947         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1948           return true;
1949         continue;
1950       }
1951       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1952       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1953         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1954       return true;
1955     }
1956 
1957   return false;
1958 }
1959 
1960 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1961   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1962     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1963   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1964     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1965   return true;
1966 }
1967 
1968 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1969 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1970 ///
1971 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1972 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1973   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1974   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1975   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1976   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1977   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1978   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1979     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1980     // in a case like:
1981     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1982     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1983     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1984     // definition in such a case.
1985     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1986       return false;
1987 
1988     if (I->isAlignas())
1989       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1990 
1991     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1992     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1993       OldAlign = Align;
1994       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1995     }
1996   }
1997 
1998   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1999   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2000   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2001   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2002     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2003       return false;
2004 
2005     if (I->isAlignas())
2006       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2007 
2008     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2009     if (Align > NewAlign)
2010       NewAlign = Align;
2011   }
2012 
2013   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2014     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2015     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2016     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2017     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2018 
2019     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2020     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2021     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2022       QualType Ty;
2023       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2024         Ty = VD->getType();
2025       else
2026         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2027 
2028       if (OldAlign == 0)
2029         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2030       if (NewAlign == 0)
2031         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2032     }
2033 
2034     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2035       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2036         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2037         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2038       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2039     }
2040   }
2041 
2042   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2043     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2044     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2045     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2046     //   equivalent alignment.
2047     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2048     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2049     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2050     //   have no alignment specifier.
2051     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2052       << OldAlignasAttr;
2053     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2054       << OldAlignasAttr;
2055   }
2056 
2057   bool AnyAdded = false;
2058 
2059   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2060   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2061     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2062     Clone->setInherited(true);
2063     New->addAttr(Clone);
2064     AnyAdded = true;
2065   }
2066 
2067   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2068   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2069       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2070     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2071     Clone->setInherited(true);
2072     New->addAttr(Clone);
2073     AnyAdded = true;
2074   }
2075 
2076   return AnyAdded;
2077 }
2078 
2079 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2080                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2081   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2082   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2083   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2084     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2085                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2086                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2087                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2088                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2089   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2090     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2091                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2092   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2093     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2094                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2095   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2096     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2097                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2098   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2099     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2100                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2101   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2102     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2103                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2104                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2105   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2106     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2107                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2108   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2109     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2110                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2111                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2112   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2113     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2114     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2115     NewAttr = nullptr;
2116   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2117     NewAttr = nullptr;
2118   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2119     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2120 
2121   if (NewAttr) {
2122     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2123     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2124     return true;
2125   }
2126 
2127   return false;
2128 }
2129 
2130 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2131   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2132     return TD->getDefinition();
2133   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2134     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2135     if (Def)
2136       return Def;
2137     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2138   }
2139   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2140     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2141     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2142       return Def;
2143   }
2144   return nullptr;
2145 }
2146 
2147 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2148   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2149     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2150       return true;
2151   return false;
2152 }
2153 
2154 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2155 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2156 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2157   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2158     return;
2159 
2160   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2161   if (!Def || Def == New)
2162     return;
2163 
2164   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2165   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2166     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2167 
2168     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2169       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2170         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2171       else {
2172         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2173         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2174                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2175                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2176                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2177         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2178         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2179         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2180       }
2181       ++I;
2182       continue;
2183     }
2184 
2185     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2186       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2187       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2188         ++I;
2189         continue;
2190       }
2191     }
2192 
2193     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2194       ++I;
2195       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2196     }
2197 
2198     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2199       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2200       ++I;
2201       continue;
2202     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2203       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2204         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2205         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2206         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2207         //   equivalent alignment.
2208         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2209         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2210         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2211         //   have no alignment specifier.
2212         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2213           << AA;
2214         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2215           << AA;
2216         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2217         --E;
2218         continue;
2219       }
2220     }
2221 
2222     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2223            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2224     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2225     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2226     --E;
2227   }
2228 }
2229 
2230 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2231 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2232                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2233   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2234     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2235     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2236     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2237   }
2238 
2239   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2240     return;
2241 
2242   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2243   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2244 
2245   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2246     return;
2247 
2248   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2249 
2250   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2251   // we process them.
2252   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2253 
2254   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2255     bool Override = false;
2256     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2257     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2258         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2259         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2260       switch (AMK) {
2261       case AMK_None:
2262         continue;
2263 
2264       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2265         break;
2266 
2267       case AMK_Override:
2268         Override = true;
2269         break;
2270       }
2271     }
2272 
2273     // Already handled.
2274     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2275       continue;
2276 
2277     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2278       foundAny = true;
2279   }
2280 
2281   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2282     foundAny = true;
2283 
2284   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2285 }
2286 
2287 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2288 /// to the new one.
2289 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2290                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2291                                      Sema &S) {
2292   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2293   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2294   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2295   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2296   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2297   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2298     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2299            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2300     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2301     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2302     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2303       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2304     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2305       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2306     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2307            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2308   }
2309 
2310   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2311     return;
2312 
2313   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2314 
2315   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2316   // done before we process them.
2317   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2318 
2319   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2320     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2321       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2322         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2323       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2324       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2325       foundAny = true;
2326     }
2327   }
2328 
2329   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2330 }
2331 
2332 namespace {
2333 
2334 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2335 /// C.
2336 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2337   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2338   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2339   QualType PromotedType;
2340 };
2341 
2342 }
2343 
2344 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2345 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2346   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2347     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2348       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2349 
2350     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2351       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2352 
2353     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2354       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2355   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2356     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2357   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2358     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2359   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2360     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2361   }
2362 
2363   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2364 }
2365 
2366 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2367 // declaration, or a declaration.
2368 template <typename T>
2369 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2370 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2371   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2372   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2373   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2374     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2375   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2376     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2377     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2378       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2379   } else
2380     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2381   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2382 }
2383 
2384 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2385 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2386 /// GNU89 mode.
2387 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2388                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2389   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2390           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2391           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2392           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2393 }
2394 
2395 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2396   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2397   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2398     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2399   return AT;
2400 }
2401 
2402 template <typename T>
2403 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2404   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2405   if (DC->isRecord())
2406     return false;
2407 
2408   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2409   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2410     return true;
2411   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2412     return true;
2413   return false;
2414 }
2415 
2416 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2417 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2418 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2419 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2420 ///
2421 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2422 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2423 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2424 /// merged with.
2425 ///
2426 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2427 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2428                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2429   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2430   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2431   if (!Old) {
2432     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2433       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2434         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2435         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2436              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2437         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2438              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2439         return true;
2440       }
2441 
2442       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2443       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2444       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2445       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2446       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2447 
2448       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2449       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2450       if (Old &&
2451           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2452               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2453           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2454         Old = nullptr;
2455 
2456       if (!Old) {
2457         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2458         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2459              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2460         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2461         return true;
2462       }
2463       OldD = Old;
2464     } else {
2465       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2466         << New->getDeclName();
2467       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2468       return true;
2469     }
2470   }
2471 
2472   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2473   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2474     return true;
2475 
2476   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2477   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2478   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2479       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2480 
2481   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2482   // is an extern inline function.
2483   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2484   // storage classes.
2485   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2486       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2487       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2488       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2489       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2490     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2491       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2492       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2493     } else {
2494       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2495       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2496       return true;
2497     }
2498   }
2499 
2500 
2501   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2502   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2503   // convention of the first.
2504   //
2505   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2506   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2507   //
2508   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2509   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2510   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2511   //
2512   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2513   // other tests to run.
2514   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2515   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2516   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2517   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2518   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2519   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2520   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2521 
2522   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2523     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2524     const FunctionType *FT =
2525         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2526     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2527     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2528     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2529       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2530       // there but not here.
2531       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2532       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2533     } else {
2534       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2535       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2536       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2537         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2538         << !FirstCCExplicit
2539         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2540             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2541 
2542       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2543       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2544       return true;
2545     }
2546   }
2547 
2548   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2549   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2550     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2551     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2552   }
2553 
2554   // Merge regparm attribute.
2555   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2556       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2557     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2558       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2559         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2560         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2561       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2562       return true;
2563     }
2564 
2565     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2566     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2567   }
2568 
2569   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2570   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2571     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2572       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2573       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2574       return true;
2575     }
2576 
2577     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2578     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2579   }
2580 
2581   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2582     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2583     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2584     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2585     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2586     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2587   }
2588 
2589   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2590   // UndefinedButUsed.
2591   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2592       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2593       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2594       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2595       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2596     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2597                                            SourceLocation()));
2598 
2599   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2600   // about it.
2601   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2602       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2603     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2604   }
2605 
2606   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2607     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2608     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2609     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2610     //        cannot be overloaded.
2611 
2612     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2613     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2614     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2615     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2616     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2617     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2618         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2619              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2620              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2621     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2622         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2623              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2624              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2625     QualType ResQT;
2626     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2627         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2628           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2629       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2630           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2631         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2632       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2633         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2634           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2635               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2636         else
2637           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2638               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2639         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2640                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2641         return true;
2642       }
2643       else
2644         NewQType = ResQT;
2645     }
2646 
2647     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2648     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2649     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2650       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2651       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2652       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2653       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2654         New->setType(
2655             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2656                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2657                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2658         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2659             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2660                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2661                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2662       }
2663     }
2664 
2665     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2666     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2667     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2668       // Preserve triviality.
2669       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2670 
2671       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2672       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2673       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2674       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2675                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2676                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2677       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2678 
2679       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2680           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2681         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2682         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2683         //       is a static member function declaration.
2684         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2685           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2686           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2687           return true;
2688         }
2689 
2690         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2691         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2692         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2693         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2694         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2695           unsigned NewDiag;
2696           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2697             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2698           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2699             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2700           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2701             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2702           else
2703             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2704 
2705           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2706         } else {
2707           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2708             << New << New->getType();
2709         }
2710         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2711 
2712       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2713       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2714       //
2715       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2716       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2717       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2718         if (isFriend) {
2719           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2720         } else {
2721           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2722                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2723             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2724           return true;
2725         }
2726       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2727         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2728              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2729           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2730         return true;
2731       }
2732     }
2733 
2734     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2735     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2736     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2737     //   attribute.
2738     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2739     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2740       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2741       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2742            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2743     }
2744 
2745     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2746     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2747     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2748     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2749     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2750     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2751       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2752            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2753       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2754            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2755     }
2756 
2757     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2758     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2759     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2760     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2761 
2762     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2763     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2764     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2765       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2766       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2767         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2768       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2769       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2770     }
2771 
2772     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2773       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2774       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2775       //
2776       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2777       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2778       // linkage within class scope.
2779       //
2780       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2781       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2782         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2783         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2784       } else {
2785         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2786         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2787         return true;
2788       }
2789     }
2790 
2791     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2792       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2793 
2794     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2795         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2796       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2797       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2798       // when we instantiate the function.
2799       return false;
2800     }
2801 
2802     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2803   }
2804 
2805   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2806   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2807   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2808       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2809     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2810     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2811     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2812     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2813         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2814       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2815       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2816       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2817       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2818       NewQType =
2819           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2820                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2821       New->setType(NewQType);
2822       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2823 
2824       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2825       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2826       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2827         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2828                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2829                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2830                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2831         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2832         Param->setImplicit();
2833         Params.push_back(Param);
2834       }
2835 
2836       New->setParams(Params);
2837     }
2838 
2839     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2840   }
2841 
2842   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2843   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2844   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2845   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2846   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2847   // the prototype.
2848   //
2849   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2850   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2851   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2852   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2853   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2854       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2855       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2856       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2857     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2858     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2859     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2860       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2861     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2862       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2863 
2864     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2865     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2866                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2867     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2868     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2869          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2870       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2871       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2872       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2873                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2874         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2875       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2876                                             NewParm->getType(),
2877                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2878         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2879                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2880         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2881         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2882       } else
2883         LooseCompatible = false;
2884     }
2885 
2886     if (LooseCompatible) {
2887       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2888         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2889              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2890           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2891           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2892         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2893           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2894                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2895       }
2896 
2897       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2898         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2899                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2900       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2901     }
2902 
2903     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2904   }
2905 
2906   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2907   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2908 
2909   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2910   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2911   unsigned BuiltinID;
2912   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2913     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2914     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2915     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2916       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2917       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2918         << Old << Old->getType();
2919 
2920       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2921       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2922       //
2923       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2924       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2925       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2926       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2927       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2928       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2929         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2930 
2931       return false;
2932     }
2933 
2934     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2935   }
2936 
2937   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2938   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2939   return true;
2940 }
2941 
2942 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2943 /// known to be compatible.
2944 ///
2945 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2946 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2947 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2948 /// redeclaration of Old.
2949 ///
2950 /// \returns false
2951 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2952                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2953   // Merge the attributes
2954   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2955 
2956   // Merge "pure" flag.
2957   if (Old->isPure())
2958     New->setPure();
2959 
2960   // Merge "used" flag.
2961   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2962     New->setIsUsed();
2963 
2964   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2965   // declarations.
2966   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2967     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2968       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2969                                *this);
2970 
2971   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2972     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2973 
2974   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2975   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2976   // was visible.
2977   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2978   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2979     New->setType(Merged);
2980 
2981   return false;
2982 }
2983 
2984 
2985 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2986                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2987 
2988   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2989   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2990     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2991                                                    : AMK_Override;
2992   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2993 
2994   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2995   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2996                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2997   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2998          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2999        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3000     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3001 
3002   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3003 }
3004 
3005 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3006 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3007 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3008 ///
3009 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3010 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3011 /// is attached.
3012 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3013                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3014   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3015     return;
3016 
3017   QualType MergedT;
3018   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3019     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3020       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3021       return;
3022     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3023       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3024       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3025     }
3026     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3027     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3028     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3029     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3030     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3031     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3032              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3033       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3034       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3035       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3036                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3037         MergedT = New->getType();
3038     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3039                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3040       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3041       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3042       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3043                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3044         MergedT = Old->getType();
3045     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3046                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3047       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3048                                               Old->getType());
3049     }
3050   } else {
3051     // C 6.2.7p2:
3052     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3053     //   compatible type.
3054     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3055   }
3056   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3057     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3058     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3059     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3060     // equivalent.
3061     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3062     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3063          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3064       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3065       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3066       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3067       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3068         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3069       return;
3070     }
3071 
3072     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3073     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3074     //
3075     //   extern int arr[];
3076     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3077     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3078     //
3079     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3080     // to diagnose it.
3081     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3082       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3083     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3084     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3085   }
3086 
3087   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3088   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3089   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3090     New->setType(MergedT);
3091 }
3092 
3093 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3094                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3095   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3096   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3097   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3098   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3099   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3100   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3101   //
3102   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3103   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3104     return false;
3105 
3106   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3107     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3108     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3109     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3110     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3111     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3112            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3113             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3114   } else {
3115     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3116     // type unless we're in the same function.
3117     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3118            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3119   }
3120 }
3121 
3122 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3123 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3124 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3125 ///
3126 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3127 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3128 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3129 ///
3130 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3131   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3132   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3133     return;
3134 
3135   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3136 
3137   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3138   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3139   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3140   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3141     if (NewTemplate) {
3142       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3143       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3144     } else
3145       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3146   }
3147   if (!Old) {
3148     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3149       << New->getDeclName();
3150     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3151          diag::note_previous_definition);
3152     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3153   }
3154 
3155   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3156     return;
3157 
3158   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3159   if (NewTemplate &&
3160       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3161                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3162                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3163     return;
3164 
3165   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3166   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3167   //
3168   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3169   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3170     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3171       << New->getIdentifier();
3172     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3173     New->setInvalidDecl();
3174   }
3175 
3176   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3177   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3178   // declaration
3179   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3180       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3181       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3182     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3183     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3184     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3185     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3186   }
3187 
3188   // Merge the types.
3189   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3190 
3191   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3192     return;
3193 
3194   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3195   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3196   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3197       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3198 
3199   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3200   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3201       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3202       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3203     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3204       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3205           << New->getDeclName();
3206       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3207     } else {
3208       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3209           << New->getDeclName();
3210       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3211       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3212     }
3213   }
3214   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3215   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3216   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3217   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3218   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3219   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3220   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3221   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3222   //   identifier has external linkage.
3223   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3224     /* Okay */;
3225   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3226            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3227            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3228     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3229     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3230     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3231   }
3232 
3233   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3234   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3235       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3236     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3237     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3238     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3239   }
3240   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3241       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3242     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3243     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3244     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3245   }
3246 
3247   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3248 
3249   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3250   // need to check for mismatches.
3251   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3252       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3253       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3254         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3255     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3256     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3257     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3258   }
3259 
3260   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3261     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3262       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3263       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3264     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3265       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3266       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3267     } else {
3268       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3269       // static and dynamic initialization.
3270       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3271       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3272       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3273         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3274       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3275     }
3276   }
3277 
3278   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3279   const VarDecl *Def;
3280   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3281       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3282       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3283     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3284     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3285     New->setInvalidDecl();
3286     return;
3287   }
3288 
3289   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3290     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3291     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3292     New->setInvalidDecl();
3293     return;
3294   }
3295 
3296   // Merge "used" flag.
3297   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3298     New->setIsUsed();
3299 
3300   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3301   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3302   if (NewTemplate)
3303     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3304 
3305   // Inherit access appropriately.
3306   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3307   if (NewTemplate)
3308     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3309 }
3310 
3311 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3312 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3313 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3314                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3315   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3316 }
3317 
3318 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3319   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3320     return;
3321 
3322   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3323     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3324     // it is anonymous.
3325     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3326       return;
3327     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3328         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3329     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3330         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3331     return;
3332   }
3333 
3334   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3335   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3336   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3337           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3338                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3339     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3340         Tag,
3341         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3342   }
3343 }
3344 
3345 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3346 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3347 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3348 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3349                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3350                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3351                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3352   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3353   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3354   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3355       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3356       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3357       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3358       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3359     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3360 
3361     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3362       return nullptr;
3363 
3364     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3365     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3366     // it's a Type.
3367     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3368       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3369     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3370       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3371   }
3372 
3373   if (Tag) {
3374     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3375     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3376     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3377       return Tag;
3378   }
3379 
3380   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3381     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3382     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3383     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3384       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3385            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3386            << DS.getSourceRange();
3387   }
3388 
3389   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3390     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3391     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3392     if (Tag)
3393       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3394         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3395             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3396             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3397             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3398     else
3399       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3400     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3401     return TagD;
3402   }
3403 
3404   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3405 
3406   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3407     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3408     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3409     if (TagD && !Tag)
3410       return nullptr;
3411     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3412   }
3413 
3414   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3415   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3416     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3417   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3418       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3419     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3420     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3421     // or an explicit specialization.
3422     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3423     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3424       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3425           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3426           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3427           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3428       << SS.getRange();
3429     return nullptr;
3430   }
3431 
3432   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3433   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3434 
3435   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3436   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3437     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3438         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3439       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3440           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3441         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3442 
3443       DeclaresAnything = false;
3444     }
3445   }
3446 
3447   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3448   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3449   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3450   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3451       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3452     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3453     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3454     //   struct STRUCT;
3455     //   union UNION;
3456     // and
3457     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3458     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3459     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3460         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3461       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3462       if (Tag)
3463         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3464       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3465                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3466         Record = RT->getDecl();
3467       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3468         Record = UT->getDecl();
3469 
3470       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3471         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3472           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3473         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3474       }
3475 
3476       DeclaresAnything = false;
3477     }
3478   }
3479 
3480   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3481   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3482       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3483     return TagD;
3484 
3485   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3486       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3487     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3488       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3489           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3490         DeclaresAnything = false;
3491 
3492   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3493     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3494     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3495       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3496         << DS.getSourceRange();
3497     else
3498       DeclaresAnything = false;
3499   }
3500 
3501   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3502       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3503     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3504       << Tag->getTagKind()
3505       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3506 
3507   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3508 
3509   // C 6.7/2:
3510   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3511   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3512   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3513   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3514   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3515   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3516   //   previous declaration.
3517   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3518     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3519     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3520     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3521     return TagD;
3522   }
3523 
3524   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3525   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3526   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3527   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3528   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3529   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3530   //
3531   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3532   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3533   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3534     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3535 
3536   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3537   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3538   // useless.
3539   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3540     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3541       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3542       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3543       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3544     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3545       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3546         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3547   }
3548 
3549   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3550     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3551       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3552   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3553     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3554       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3555     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3556       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3557     // Restrict is covered above.
3558     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3559       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3560   }
3561 
3562   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3563   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3564   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3565   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3566     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3567     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3568         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3569         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3570         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3571         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3572       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3573       while (attrs) {
3574         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3575         << attrs->getName()
3576         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3577             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3578             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3579             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3580         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3581       }
3582     }
3583   }
3584 
3585   return TagD;
3586 }
3587 
3588 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3589 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3590 ///
3591 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3592 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3593                                          Scope *S,
3594                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3595                                          DeclarationName Name,
3596                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3597                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3598   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3599                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3600   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3601 
3602   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3603     return false;
3604 
3605   // Pick a representative declaration.
3606   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3607   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3608 
3609   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3610     return false;
3611 
3612   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3613   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3614 
3615   return true;
3616 }
3617 
3618 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3619 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3620 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3621 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3622 /// struct, e.g.,
3623 ///
3624 /// @code
3625 /// union {
3626 ///   int i;
3627 ///   float f;
3628 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3629 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3630 /// @endcode
3631 ///
3632 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3633 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3634 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3635                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3636                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3637                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3638                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3639                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3640   unsigned diagKind
3641     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3642                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3643 
3644   bool Invalid = false;
3645 
3646   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3647   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3648     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3649         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3650       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3651       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3652                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3653         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3654         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3655         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3656         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3657         Invalid = true;
3658       } else {
3659         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3660         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3661         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3662         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3663         //   anonymous union is declared.
3664         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3665         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3666           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3667             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3668         else
3669           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3670 
3671         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3672         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3673           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3674         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3675           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3676 
3677         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3678           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3679                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3680                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3681 
3682         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3683         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3684         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3685 
3686         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3687         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3688 
3689         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3690       }
3691     }
3692   }
3693 
3694   return Invalid;
3695 }
3696 
3697 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3698 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3699 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3700 static StorageClass
3701 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3702   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3703   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3704          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3705   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3706   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3707   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3708     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3709       return SC_None;
3710     return SC_Extern;
3711   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3712   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3713   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3714   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3715     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3716   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3717   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3718   }
3719   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3720 }
3721 
3722 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3723   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3724 
3725   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3726     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3727     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3728       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3729     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3730       return FD->getLocation();
3731   }
3732 
3733   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3734 }
3735 
3736 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3737                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3738   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3739     return;
3740 
3741   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3742   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3743 }
3744 
3745 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3746                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3747   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3748     return;
3749 
3750   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3751 }
3752 
3753 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3754 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3755 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3756 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3757 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3758                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3759                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3760                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3761   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3762 
3763   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3764   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3765     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3766   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3767     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3768   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3769     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3770 
3771   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3772   // structs/unions.
3773   bool Invalid = false;
3774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3775     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3776     unsigned DiagID;
3777     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3778       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3779       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3780       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3781       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3782           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3783            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3784             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3785         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3786           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3787 
3788         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3789         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3790                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3791       }
3792       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3793       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3794       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3795       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3796                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3797         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3798              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3799           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3800 
3801         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3802         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3803                                SourceLocation(),
3804                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3805       }
3806     }
3807 
3808     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3809     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3810       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3811         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3812           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3813           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3814       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3815         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3816              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3817           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3818           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3819       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3820         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3821              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3822           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3823           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3824       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3825         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3826              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3827           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3828           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3829 
3830       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3831     }
3832 
3833     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3834     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3835     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3836     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3837     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3838       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3839         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3840         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3841         //   members (clause 11).
3842         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3843         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3844           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3845             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3846           Invalid = true;
3847         }
3848 
3849         // C++ [class.union]p1
3850         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3851         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3852         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3853         //   array of such objects.
3854         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3855           Invalid = true;
3856       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3857         // Any implicit members are fine.
3858       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3859         // This is a type that showed up in an
3860         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3861         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3862         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3863       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3864         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3865             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3866           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3867           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3868             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3869               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3870           else {
3871             // This is a nested type declaration.
3872             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3873               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3874             Invalid = true;
3875           }
3876         } else {
3877           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3878           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3879           // not part of standard C++.
3880           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3881                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3882             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3883         }
3884       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3885         // Any access specifier is fine.
3886       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3887         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3888       } else {
3889         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3890         // member. Complain about it.
3891         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3892         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3893           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3894         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3895           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3896         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3897           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3898 
3899         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3900         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3901             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3902           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3903             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3904         else {
3905           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3906               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3907           Invalid = true;
3908         }
3909       }
3910     }
3911 
3912     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3913     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3914     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3915     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3916         Owner->isRecord())
3917       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3918                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3919   }
3920 
3921   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3922     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3923       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3924     Invalid = true;
3925   }
3926 
3927   // Mock up a declarator.
3928   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3929   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3930   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3931 
3932   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3933   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3934   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3935     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3936                              DS.getLocStart(),
3937                              Record->getLocation(),
3938                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3939                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3940                              TInfo,
3941                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3942                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3943     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3944     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3945       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3946   } else {
3947     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3948     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3949     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3950       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3951       // an error here
3952       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3953       Invalid = true;
3954       SC = SC_None;
3955     }
3956 
3957     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3958                            DS.getLocStart(),
3959                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3960                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3961                            TInfo, SC);
3962 
3963     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3964     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3965     // initializer:
3966     //   union { int n = 0; };
3967     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3968   }
3969   Anon->setImplicit();
3970 
3971   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3972   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3973 
3974   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3975   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3976   // its members.
3977   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3978 
3979   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3980   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3981   // purposes.
3982   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3983   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3984 
3985   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3986                                           Chain, false))
3987     Invalid = true;
3988 
3989   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3990     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3991       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3992       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3993               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3994                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3995         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3996         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3997       }
3998     }
3999   }
4000 
4001   if (Invalid)
4002     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4003 
4004   return Anon;
4005 }
4006 
4007 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4008 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4009 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4010 /// Example:
4011 ///
4012 /// struct A { int a; };
4013 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4014 ///
4015 /// void foo() {
4016 ///   B var;
4017 ///   var.a = 3;
4018 /// }
4019 ///
4020 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4021                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4022   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4023 
4024   // Mock up a declarator.
4025   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4026   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4027   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4028 
4029   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4030   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4031                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
4032                              DS.getLocStart(),
4033                              DS.getLocStart(),
4034                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4035                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4036                              TInfo,
4037                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4038                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4039   Anon->setImplicit();
4040 
4041   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4042   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4043 
4044   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4045   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4046   // purposes.
4047   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4048   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4049 
4050   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4051   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
4052                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
4053                                                         Chain, true))
4054     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4055 
4056   return Anon;
4057 }
4058 
4059 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4060 /// given Declarator.
4061 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4062   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4063 }
4064 
4065 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4066 DeclarationNameInfo
4067 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4068   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4069   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4070 
4071   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4072 
4073   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4074   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4075     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4076     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4077     return NameInfo;
4078 
4079   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4080     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4081                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4082     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4083     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4084       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4085     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4086       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4087     return NameInfo;
4088 
4089   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4090     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4091                                                            Name.Identifier));
4092     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4093     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4094     return NameInfo;
4095 
4096   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4097     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4098     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4099     if (Ty.isNull())
4100       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4101     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4102                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4103     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4104     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4105     return NameInfo;
4106   }
4107 
4108   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4109     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4110     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4111     if (Ty.isNull())
4112       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4113     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4114                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4115     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4116     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4117     return NameInfo;
4118   }
4119 
4120   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4121     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4122     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4123     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4124     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4125     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4126       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4127 
4128     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4129     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4130 
4131     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4132     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4133     // was qualified.
4134 
4135     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4136                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4137     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4138     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4139     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4140     return NameInfo;
4141   }
4142 
4143   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4144     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4145     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4146     if (Ty.isNull())
4147       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4148     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4149                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4150     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4151     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4152     return NameInfo;
4153   }
4154 
4155   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4156     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4157     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4158     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4159   }
4160 
4161   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4162 
4163   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4164 }
4165 
4166 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4167   do {
4168     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4169       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4170     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4171       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4172     else
4173       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4174   } while (true);
4175 }
4176 
4177 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4178 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4179 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4180 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4181 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4182 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4183 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4184 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4185                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4186                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4187                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4188   Params.clear();
4189   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4190     return false;
4191   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4192     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4193     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4194 
4195     // The parameter types are identical
4196     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4197       continue;
4198 
4199     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4200     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4201     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4202     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4203 
4204     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4205         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4206       Params.push_back(Idx);
4207     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4208       return false;
4209   }
4210 
4211   return true;
4212 }
4213 
4214 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4215 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4216 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4217 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4218 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4219 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4220                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4221   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4222   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4223   //   - types which will become injected class names
4224   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4225   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4226   // few cases here.
4227 
4228   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4229   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4230   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4231   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4232   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4233   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4234     // Grab the type from the parser.
4235     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4236     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4237     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4238 
4239     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4240     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4241     // attached already.
4242     if (!TSI)
4243       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4244 
4245     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4246     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4247     if (!TSI) return true;
4248 
4249     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4250     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4251     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4252     break;
4253   }
4254 
4255   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4256   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4257     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4258     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4259     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4260     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4261     break;
4262   }
4263 
4264   default:
4265     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4266     break;
4267   }
4268 
4269   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4270   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4271     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4272 
4273     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4274     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4275     // pointer.
4276     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4277       continue;
4278 
4279     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4280     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4281     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4282       return true;
4283   }
4284 
4285   return false;
4286 }
4287 
4288 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4289   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4290   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4291 
4292   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4293       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4294     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4295 
4296   return Dcl;
4297 }
4298 
4299 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4300 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4301 ///   name different from T:
4302 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4303 ///     - every member function of class T
4304 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4305 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4306 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4307                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4308   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4309 
4310   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4311     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4312       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4313       return true;
4314     }
4315 
4316   return false;
4317 }
4318 
4319 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4320 /// nested-name-specifier.
4321 ///
4322 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4323 ///
4324 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4325 /// resolves.
4326 ///
4327 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4328 ///
4329 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4330 ///
4331 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4332 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4333                                         DeclarationName Name,
4334                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4335   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4336   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4337     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4338 
4339   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4340   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4341   //
4342   // class X {
4343   //   void X::f();
4344   // };
4345   //
4346   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4347   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4348   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4349     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4350       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4351                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4352         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4353       SS.clear();
4354     } else {
4355       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4356     }
4357     return false;
4358   }
4359 
4360   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4361   // declaration.
4362   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4363     if (Cur->isRecord())
4364       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4365         << Name << SS.getRange();
4366     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4367       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4368         << Name << SS.getRange();
4369     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4370       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4371         << Name << SS.getRange();
4372     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4373       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4374         << Name << SS.getRange();
4375     else
4376       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4377       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4378 
4379     return true;
4380   }
4381 
4382   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4383     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4384     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4385       << Name << SS.getRange();
4386     SS.clear();
4387 
4388     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4389     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4390     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4391     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4392          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4393         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4394                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4395       return true;
4396 
4397     return false;
4398   }
4399 
4400   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4401   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4402   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4403   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4404   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4405     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4406   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4407         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4408     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4409       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4410 
4411   return false;
4412 }
4413 
4414 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4415                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4416   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4417   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4418   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4419 
4420   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4421   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4422   if (!Name) {
4423     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4424       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4425            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4426         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4427     return nullptr;
4428   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4429     return nullptr;
4430 
4431   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4432   // we find one that is.
4433   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4434          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4435     S = S->getParent();
4436 
4437   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4438   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4439     D.setInvalidType();
4440   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4441     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4442                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4443       return nullptr;
4444 
4445     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4446     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4447     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4448       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4449       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4450       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4451       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4452       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4453            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4454         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4455         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4456       return nullptr;
4457     }
4458     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4459 
4460     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4461         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4462       return nullptr;
4463 
4464     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4465       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4466            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4467         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4468       D.setInvalidType();
4469     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4470       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4471                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4472         if (DC->isRecord())
4473           return nullptr;
4474 
4475         D.setInvalidType();
4476       }
4477     }
4478 
4479     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4480     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4481     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4482         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4483       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4484       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4485         D.setInvalidType();
4486     }
4487   }
4488 
4489   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4490     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4491     // Just return early; it's safer.
4492     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4493       return nullptr;
4494 
4495   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4496   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4497 
4498   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4499                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4500     D.setInvalidType();
4501 
4502   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4503                         ForRedeclaration);
4504 
4505   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4506   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4507     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4508     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4509 
4510     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4511     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4512     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4513     //
4514     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4515     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4516     // the same name.
4517     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4518       /* Do nothing*/;
4519     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4520              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4521               R->isFunctionType())) {
4522       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4523       CreateBuiltins =
4524           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4525     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4526                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4527       CreateBuiltins = true;
4528 
4529     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4530       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4531 
4532     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4533   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4534     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4535 
4536     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4537     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4538     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4539     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4540     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4541     //  thereof; [...]
4542     //
4543     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4544     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4545     // we want to match. For example, given:
4546     //
4547     //   class X {
4548     //     void f();
4549     //     void f(float);
4550     //   };
4551     //
4552     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4553     //
4554     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4555     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4556     // matches.
4557 
4558     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4559     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4560     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4561     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4562     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4563   }
4564 
4565   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4566       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4567     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4568     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4569       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4570                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4571 
4572     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4573     Previous.clear();
4574   }
4575 
4576   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4577   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4578   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4579   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4580   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4581       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4582     Previous.clear();
4583 
4584   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4585   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4586   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4587     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4588 
4589   NamedDecl *New;
4590 
4591   bool AddToScope = true;
4592   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4593     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4594       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4595       return nullptr;
4596     }
4597 
4598     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4599   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4600     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4601                                   TemplateParamLists,
4602                                   AddToScope);
4603   } else {
4604     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4605                                   AddToScope);
4606   }
4607 
4608   if (!New)
4609     return nullptr;
4610 
4611   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4612   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4613   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4614        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4615     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4616     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4617     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4618     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4619     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4620     if (!AddToContext)
4621       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4622   }
4623 
4624   return New;
4625 }
4626 
4627 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4628 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4629 /// GCC compatibility).
4630 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4631                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4632                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4633                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4634   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4635   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4636   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4637   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4638   SizeIsNegative = false;
4639   Oversized = 0;
4640 
4641   if (T->isDependentType())
4642     return QualType();
4643 
4644   QualifierCollector Qs;
4645   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4646 
4647   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4648     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4649     QualType FixedType =
4650         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4651                                             Oversized);
4652     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4653     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4654     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4655   }
4656   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4657     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4658     QualType FixedType =
4659         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4660                                             Oversized);
4661     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4662     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4663     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4664   }
4665 
4666   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4667   if (!VLATy)
4668     return QualType();
4669   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4670   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4671     return QualType();
4672 
4673   llvm::APSInt Res;
4674   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4675       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4676     return QualType();
4677 
4678   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4679   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4680     SizeIsNegative = true;
4681     return QualType();
4682   }
4683 
4684   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4685   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4686     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4687                                               Res);
4688   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4689     Oversized = Res;
4690     return QualType();
4691   }
4692 
4693   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4694                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4695 }
4696 
4697 static void
4698 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4699   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4700     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4701     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4702                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4703     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4704     return;
4705   }
4706   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4707     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4708     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4709                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4710     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4711     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4712     return;
4713   }
4714   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4715   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4716   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4717   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4718   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4719   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4720   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4721   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4722 }
4723 
4724 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4725 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4726 /// GCC compatibility).
4727 static TypeSourceInfo*
4728 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4729                                               ASTContext &Context,
4730                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4731                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4732   QualType FixedTy
4733     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4734                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4735   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4736     return nullptr;
4737   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4738   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4739                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4740   return FixedTInfo;
4741 }
4742 
4743 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4744 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4745 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4746 /// function-scope declarations.
4747 void
4748 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4749   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4750       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4751     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4752     return;
4753 
4754   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4755   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4756   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4757   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4758 }
4759 
4760 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4761   if (ExternalSource) {
4762     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4763     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4764     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4765     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4766     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4767       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4768         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4769       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4770         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4771     }
4772   }
4773 
4774   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4775   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4776 }
4777 
4778 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4779 /// does not identify a function.
4780 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4781   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4782   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4783   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4784     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4785          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4786 
4787   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4788     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4789          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4790 
4791   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4792     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4793          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4794 
4795   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4796     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4797          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4798 }
4799 
4800 NamedDecl*
4801 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4802                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4803   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4804   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4805     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4806       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4807     D.setInvalidType();
4808     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4809     DC = CurContext;
4810     Previous.clear();
4811   }
4812 
4813   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4814 
4815   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4816     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4817       << 1;
4818 
4819   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4820     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4821       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4822     return nullptr;
4823   }
4824 
4825   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4826   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4827 
4828   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4829   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4830 
4831   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4832 
4833   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4834   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4835   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4836   return ND;
4837 }
4838 
4839 void
4840 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4841   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4842   // then it shall have block scope.
4843   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4844   // that redeclarations will match.
4845   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4846   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4847   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4848     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4849 
4850     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4851       bool SizeIsNegative;
4852       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4853       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4854         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4855                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4856                                                       Oversized);
4857       if (FixedTInfo) {
4858         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4859         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4860       } else {
4861         if (SizeIsNegative)
4862           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4863         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4864           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4865         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4866           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4867             << Oversized.toString(10);
4868         else
4869           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4870         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4871       }
4872     }
4873   }
4874 }
4875 
4876 
4877 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4878 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4879 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4880 NamedDecl*
4881 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4882                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4883   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4884   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4885   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4886                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4887   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4888   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4889     Redeclaration = true;
4890     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4891   }
4892 
4893   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4894   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4895     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4896         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4897       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4898         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4899       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4900         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4901       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4902         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4903       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4904         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4905     }
4906 
4907   return NewTD;
4908 }
4909 
4910 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4911 /// previous declaration.
4912 ///
4913 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4914 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4915 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4916 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4917 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4918 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4919 ///
4920 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4921 /// lookup
4922 ///
4923 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4924 /// declared.
4925 ///
4926 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4927 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4928 static bool
4929 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4930                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4931   if (!PrevDecl)
4932     return false;
4933 
4934   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4935     return false;
4936 
4937   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4938     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4939     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4940     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4941     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4942     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4943     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4944     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4945     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4946       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4947       return false;
4948 
4949     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4950     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4951       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4952       return false;
4953 
4954     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4955     // previous declarations.
4956     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4957     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4958 
4959     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4960     // isn't the same function.
4961     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4962       return false;
4963   }
4964 
4965   return true;
4966 }
4967 
4968 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4969   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4970   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4971   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4972 }
4973 
4974 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4975   QualType type = decl->getType();
4976   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4977   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4978     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4979     unsigned kind = -1U;
4980     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4981       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4982         kind = 0; // __block
4983       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4984         kind = 1; // global
4985     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4986       kind = 3; // ivar
4987     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4988       kind = 2; // field
4989     }
4990 
4991     if (kind != -1U) {
4992       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4993         << kind;
4994     }
4995   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4996     // Try to infer lifetime.
4997     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4998       return false;
4999 
5000     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5001     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5002     decl->setType(type);
5003   }
5004 
5005   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5006     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5007     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5008         var->getTLSKind()) {
5009       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5010         << var->getType();
5011       return true;
5012     }
5013   }
5014 
5015   return false;
5016 }
5017 
5018 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5019   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5020   // the wrong linkage.
5021   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5022 
5023   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5024   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5025     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5026       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5027       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5028     }
5029   }
5030   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5031     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5032       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5033       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5034     }
5035   }
5036 
5037   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5038   // It does not apply to functions.
5039   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5040     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5041       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5042       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5043     }
5044   }
5045 
5046   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5047   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
5048     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5049       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5050         << &ND << Attr;
5051       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5052     }
5053   }
5054   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
5055     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5056       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5057         << &ND << Attr;
5058       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5059     }
5060   }
5061 }
5062 
5063 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5064                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5065                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5066   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5067     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5068   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5069     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5070 
5071   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5072       return;
5073 
5074   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5075   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5076   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5077   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5078 
5079   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5080   // inherited attribute instances.
5081   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5082                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5083 
5084   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5085   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5086   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5087   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5088   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5089   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5090     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
5091       << NewDecl
5092       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5093     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5094     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5095     return;
5096   }
5097 
5098   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5099   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5100   // and qualified friend declarations.
5101   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5102   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5103   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5104     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5105     // separately.
5106     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5107   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5108     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5109     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5110                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5111   }
5112 
5113   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5114       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5115     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5116            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5117       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5118     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5119     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5120     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5121     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5122   }
5123 }
5124 
5125 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5126 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5127 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5128 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5129   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5130 
5131   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5132   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5133 
5134   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5135   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5136     return false;
5137 
5138   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5139 
5140 #ifndef NDEBUG
5141   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5142   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5143   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5144   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5145   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5146 #endif
5147 
5148   bool isC99Inline =
5149       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5150 
5151 #ifndef NDEBUG
5152   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5153 #endif
5154 
5155   return isC99Inline;
5156 }
5157 
5158 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5159 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5160 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5161 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5162 ///
5163 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5164 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5165 ///
5166 /// For instance:
5167 ///
5168 ///   auto x = []{};
5169 ///
5170 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5171 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5172 ///
5173 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5174 template<typename T>
5175 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5176   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5177     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5178     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5179       return false;
5180   }
5181   return D->isExternC();
5182 }
5183 
5184 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5185   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5186   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5187     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5188   if (DC->isFileContext())
5189     return true;
5190   if (DC->isRecord())
5191     return false;
5192   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5193 }
5194 
5195 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5196   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5197   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5198     return true;
5199   if (DC->isRecord())
5200     return false;
5201   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5202 }
5203 
5204 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5205                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5206   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5207     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5208       return true;
5209   return false;
5210 }
5211 
5212 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5213                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5214   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5215   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5216     return true;
5217 
5218   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5219   // position to the decl itself.
5220   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5221     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5222       return true;
5223   }
5224 
5225   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5226   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5227 }
5228 
5229 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5230 /// function-local external declaration.
5231 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5232   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5233     return false;
5234 
5235   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5236   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5237   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5238   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5239     return true;
5240 
5241   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5242   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5243   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5244   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5245   //
5246   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5247   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5248   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5249     DC = DC->getParent();
5250   return true;
5251 }
5252 
5253 NamedDecl *
5254 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5255                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5256                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5257                               bool &AddToScope) {
5258   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5259   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5260 
5261   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5262   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5263     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5264 
5265   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5266   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5267   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5268       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5269       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5270     SC = SC_Extern;
5271 
5272   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5273   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5274                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5275 
5276   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5277     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5278     QualType NR = R;
5279     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5280       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5281         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5282         D.setInvalidType();
5283         break;
5284       }
5285       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5286     }
5287 
5288     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5289       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5290       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5291       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5292         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5293         D.setInvalidType();
5294       }
5295     }
5296   }
5297 
5298   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5299     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5300     // an error here
5301     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5302     D.setInvalidType();
5303     SC = SC_None;
5304   }
5305 
5306   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5307       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5308                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5309     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5310     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5311     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5312     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5313          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5314       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5315   }
5316 
5317   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5318   if (!II) {
5319     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5320       << Name;
5321     return nullptr;
5322   }
5323 
5324   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5325 
5326   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5327     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5328     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5329     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5330     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5331       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5332       D.setInvalidType();
5333     }
5334   }
5335 
5336   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5337     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5338     // OpenCL __local address space.
5339     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5340       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5341     }
5342 
5343     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5344     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5345     // space qualifiers.
5346     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5347       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5348       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5349     }
5350 
5351     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5352     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5353     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5354     // address space qualifiers.
5355     if (R->isEventT()) {
5356       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5357         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5358         D.setInvalidType();
5359       }
5360 
5361       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5362         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5363         D.setInvalidType();
5364       }
5365     }
5366   }
5367 
5368   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5369   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5370   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5371   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5372   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5373   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5374   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5375   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5376     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5377                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5378                             R, TInfo, SC);
5379 
5380     if (D.isInvalidType())
5381       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5382   } else {
5383     bool Invalid = false;
5384 
5385     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5386       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5387       switch (SC) {
5388       case SC_None:
5389         break;
5390       case SC_Static:
5391         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5392              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5393           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5394         break;
5395       case SC_Auto:
5396       case SC_Register:
5397       case SC_Extern:
5398         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5399         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5400         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5401         // of class members
5402 
5403         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5404              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5405           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5406         break;
5407       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5408         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5409       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5410         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5411       }
5412     }
5413 
5414     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5415       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5416         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5417           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5418                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5419             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5420 
5421         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5422         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5423         if (RD->isUnion())
5424           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5425                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5426                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5427                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5428         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5429         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5430           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5431                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5432             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5433       }
5434     }
5435 
5436     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5437     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5438     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5439         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5440         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5441         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5442             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5443             : nullptr,
5444         TemplateParamLists,
5445         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5446 
5447     if (TemplateParams) {
5448       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5449           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5450         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5451         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5452         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5453              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5454           << II
5455           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5456                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5457         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5458       } else {
5459         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5460           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5461           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5462           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5463           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5464         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5465           // This is a template declaration.
5466           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5467 
5468           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5469           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5470             return nullptr;
5471 
5472           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5473           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5474                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5475                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5476                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5477         }
5478       }
5479     } else {
5480       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5481              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5482     }
5483 
5484     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5485       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5486           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5487               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5488               : SourceLocation();
5489       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5490           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5491           IsPartialSpecialization);
5492       if (Res.isInvalid())
5493         return nullptr;
5494       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5495       AddToScope = false;
5496     } else
5497       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5498                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5499 
5500     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5501     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5502       NewTemplate =
5503           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5504                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5505       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5506     }
5507 
5508     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5509     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5510     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5511       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5512 
5513     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5514       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5515       if (NewTemplate)
5516         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5517     }
5518 
5519     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5520 
5521     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5522     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5523     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5524     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5525       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5526           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5527           TemplateParamLists.data());
5528 
5529     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5530       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5531   }
5532 
5533   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5534   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5535   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5536   if (NewTemplate)
5537     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5538 
5539   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5540     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5541 
5542   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5543     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5544       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5545       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5546       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5547       //   explicitly.
5548       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5549       //   'extern'.
5550       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5551           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5552           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5553         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5554       else
5555         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5556              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5557           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5558     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5559       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5560            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5561     else
5562       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5563   }
5564 
5565   // C99 6.7.4p3
5566   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5567   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5568   //   thread storage duration...
5569   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5570   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5571   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5572   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5573   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5574   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5575       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5576     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5577     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5578       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5579            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5580       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5581     }
5582   }
5583 
5584   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5585     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5586       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5587           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5588           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5589                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5590     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5591       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5592         << 2
5593         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5594     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5595       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5596         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5597         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5598         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5599     else {
5600       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5601       if (NewTemplate)
5602         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5603     }
5604   }
5605 
5606   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5607   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5608 
5609   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5610     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5611     // storage [duration]."
5612     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5613         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5614          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5615       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5616     }
5617   }
5618 
5619   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5620   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5621   // check the VarDecl itself.
5622   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5623          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5624          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5625 
5626   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5627   // retainable type.
5628   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5629     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5630 
5631   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5632   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5633     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5634     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5635     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5636     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5637       switch (SC) {
5638       case SC_None:
5639       case SC_Auto:
5640         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5641         break;
5642       case SC_Register:
5643         // Local Named register
5644         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5645           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5646         break;
5647       case SC_Static:
5648       case SC_Extern:
5649       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5650       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5651         break;
5652       }
5653     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5654       // Global Named register
5655       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5656         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5657       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5658         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5659         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5660       }
5661     }
5662 
5663     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5664                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5665   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5666     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5667       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5668     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5669       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5670       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5671     }
5672   }
5673 
5674   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5675   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5676     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5677 
5678   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5679   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5680   // declaration has linkage).
5681   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5682                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5683                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5684                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5685 
5686   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5687   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5688   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5689       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5690     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5691         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5692         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5693 
5694   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5695     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5696   } else {
5697     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5698     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5699         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5700       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5701 
5702     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5703     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5704       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5705           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5706           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5707         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5708         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5709         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5710           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5711         Previous.clear();
5712         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5713       }
5714     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5715       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5716       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5717         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5718         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5719       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5720     }
5721 
5722     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5723       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5724 
5725     if (NewTemplate) {
5726       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5727           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5728               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5729               : nullptr;
5730 
5731       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5732       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5733       // template declaration.
5734       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5735               TemplateParams,
5736               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5737                               : nullptr,
5738               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5739                DC->isDependentContext())
5740                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5741                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5742         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5743 
5744       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5745       // template, make a note of that.
5746       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5747           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5748         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5749     }
5750   }
5751 
5752   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5753 
5754   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5755   // the map of such variables.
5756   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5757       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5758     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5759 
5760   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5761     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5762     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5763             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5764                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5765       Context.setManglingNumber(
5766           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5767       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5768     }
5769   }
5770 
5771   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5772     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5773         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5774         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5775   }
5776 
5777   if (NewTemplate) {
5778     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5779       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5780     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5781     return NewTemplate;
5782   }
5783 
5784   return NewVD;
5785 }
5786 
5787 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5788 /// -Wshadow.
5789 ///
5790 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5791 /// scope.
5792 ///
5793 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5794 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5795 ///
5796 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5797   // Return if warning is ignored.
5798   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5799     return;
5800 
5801   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5802   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5803     return;
5804 
5805   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5806 
5807   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5808   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5809     return;
5810 
5811   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5812   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5813     return;
5814 
5815   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5816   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5817     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5818       if (MD->isStatic())
5819         return;
5820 
5821   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5822     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5823       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5824       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5825       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5826         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5827           ShadowedDecl = I;
5828           break;
5829         }
5830     }
5831 
5832   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5833 
5834   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5835   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5836     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5837     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5838       return;
5839 
5840     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5841     // static data members from base classes?
5842 
5843     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5844     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5845     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5846   }
5847 
5848   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5849   unsigned Kind;
5850   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5851     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5852       Kind = 3; // field
5853     else
5854       Kind = 2; // static data member
5855   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5856     Kind = 1; // global
5857   else
5858     Kind = 0; // local
5859 
5860   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5861 
5862   // Emit warning and note.
5863   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5864     return;
5865   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5866   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5867 }
5868 
5869 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5870 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5871   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5872     return;
5873 
5874   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5875                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5876   LookupName(R, S);
5877   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5878 }
5879 
5880 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5881 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5882 template<typename T>
5883 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5884     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5885   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5886   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5887 
5888   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5889     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5890     // declaration.
5891     return false;
5892   }
5893 
5894   if (Prev) {
5895     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5896       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5897       // redeclaration.
5898       Previous.clear();
5899       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5900       return true;
5901     }
5902 
5903     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5904     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5905     // declaration.
5906     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5907       return false;
5908   } else {
5909     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5910     // translation unit which might conflict.
5911     if (IsGlobal) {
5912       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5913       IsGlobal = false;
5914       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5915            I != E; ++I) {
5916         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5917           Prev = *I;
5918           break;
5919         }
5920       }
5921     } else {
5922       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5923           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5924       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5925            I != E; ++I) {
5926         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5927           Prev = *I;
5928           break;
5929         }
5930         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5931         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5932         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5933         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5934         // diagnostic.
5935       }
5936     }
5937 
5938     if (!Prev)
5939       return false;
5940   }
5941 
5942   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5943   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5944   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5945   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5946     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5947   else
5948     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5949 
5950   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5951     << IsGlobal << ND;
5952   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5953     << IsGlobal;
5954   return false;
5955 }
5956 
5957 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5958 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5959 ///
5960 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5961 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5962 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5963 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5964 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5965 template<typename T>
5966 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5967                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5968   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5969     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5970     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5971     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5972     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5973       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5974         Previous.clear();
5975         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5976         return true;
5977       }
5978     }
5979     return false;
5980   }
5981 
5982   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5983   // declaration.
5984   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5985     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5986 
5987   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5988   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5989   // in another scope.
5990   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5991     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5992 
5993   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5994   return false;
5995 }
5996 
5997 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5998   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5999   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6000     return;
6001 
6002   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6003   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6004 
6005   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6006   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6007     return;
6008 
6009   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6010     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6011 
6012   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6013     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6014       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6015     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6016     NewVD->setType(T);
6017   }
6018 
6019   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6020   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6021   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6022   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6023   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6024     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6025     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6026     return;
6027   }
6028 
6029   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6030   // __constant address space.
6031   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6032       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6033       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6034     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6035     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6036     return;
6037   }
6038 
6039   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6040   // scope.
6041   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6042       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6043     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6044     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6045     return;
6046   }
6047 
6048   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6049       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6050     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6051       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6052     else {
6053       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6054       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6055     }
6056   }
6057 
6058   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6059   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6060       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6061     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6062 
6063   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6064       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6065     bool SizeIsNegative;
6066     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6067     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6068       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6069                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6070     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6071       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6072       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6073       // int a[10][n];
6074       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6075 
6076       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6077         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6078         << SizeRange;
6079       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6080         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6081         << SizeRange;
6082       else
6083         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6084         << SizeRange;
6085       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6086       return;
6087     }
6088 
6089     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6090       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6091         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6092       else
6093         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6094       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6095       return;
6096     }
6097 
6098     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6099     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6100     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6101   }
6102 
6103   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6104     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6105     //                    of objects and functions.
6106     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6107       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6108         << T;
6109       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6110       return;
6111     }
6112   }
6113 
6114   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6115     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6116     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6117     return;
6118   }
6119 
6120   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6121     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6122     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6123     return;
6124   }
6125 
6126   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6127       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6128                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6129     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6130     return;
6131   }
6132 }
6133 
6134 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6135 /// declaration.
6136 ///
6137 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6138 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6139 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6140 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6141 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6142 ///
6143 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6144 ///
6145 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6146 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6147   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6148 
6149   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6150   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6151     return false;
6152 
6153   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6154   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6155   if (Previous.empty() &&
6156       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6157     Previous.setShadowed();
6158 
6159   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6160   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6161 
6162   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6163     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6164     return true;
6165   }
6166   return false;
6167 }
6168 
6169 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6170 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6171   Sema *S;
6172   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6173 };
6174 
6175 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6176 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6177 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6178 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6179                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6180                                  void *UserData) {
6181   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6182 
6183   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6184     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6185 
6186   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6187 
6188   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6189   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6190     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6191     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6192     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6193 
6194     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6195   }
6196 
6197   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6198        !Path.Decls.empty();
6199        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6200     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6201     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6202       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6203         return true;
6204     }
6205   }
6206 
6207   return false;
6208 }
6209 
6210 namespace {
6211   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6212 }
6213 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6214 /// overriden methods.
6215 ///
6216 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6217 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6218 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6219 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6220                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6221   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6222   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6223                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6224        I != E; ++I) {
6225     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6226     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6227     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6228     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6229         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6230         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6231       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6232   }
6233 }
6234 
6235 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6236 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6237 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6238   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6239   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6240   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6241   Data.Method = MD;
6242   Data.S = this;
6243   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6244   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6245   bool AddedAny = false;
6246   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6247     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6248       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6249         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6250         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6251             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6252             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6253             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6254           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6255           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6256           AddedAny = true;
6257         }
6258       }
6259     }
6260   }
6261 
6262   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6263     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6264   }
6265   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6266     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6267   }
6268 
6269   return AddedAny;
6270 }
6271 
6272 namespace {
6273   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6274   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6275   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6276     Scope *S;
6277     Declarator &D;
6278     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6279     bool AddToScope;
6280   };
6281 }
6282 
6283 namespace {
6284 
6285 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6286 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6287 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6288  public:
6289   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6290                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6291       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6292         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6293 
6294   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6295     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6296       return false;
6297 
6298     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6299     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6300                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6301          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6302       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6303 
6304       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6305           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6306         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6307           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6308           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6309             return true;
6310         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6311           return true;
6312         }
6313       }
6314     }
6315 
6316     return false;
6317   }
6318 
6319  private:
6320   ASTContext &Context;
6321   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6322   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6323 };
6324 
6325 }
6326 
6327 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6328 ///
6329 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6330 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6331 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6332 /// the same name.
6333 ///
6334 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6335 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6336 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6337     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6338     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6339   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6340   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6341   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6342   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6343   TypoCorrection Correction;
6344   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6345   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6346                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6347   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6348                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6349                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6350                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6351 
6352   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6353   if (IsLocalFriend)
6354     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6355   else
6356     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6357   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6358          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6359   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6360   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6361                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6362   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6363     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6364          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6365       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6366       if (FD &&
6367           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6368         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6369         // involve a parameter
6370         unsigned ParamNum =
6371             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6372         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6373       }
6374     }
6375   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6376   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6377                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6378                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6379                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6380     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6381     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6382                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6383     Previous.clear();
6384     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6385     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6386                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6387          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6388       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6389       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6390           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6391         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6392       }
6393     }
6394     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6395 
6396     NamedDecl *Result;
6397     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6398     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6399     {
6400       // Trap errors.
6401       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6402 
6403       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6404       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6405       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6406       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6407           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6408           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6409           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6410           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6411 
6412       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6413         Result = nullptr;
6414     }
6415 
6416     if (Result) {
6417       // Determine which correction we picked.
6418       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6419       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6420            I != E; ++I)
6421         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6422           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6423 
6424       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6425           Correction,
6426           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6427                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6428                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6429             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6430       return Result;
6431     }
6432 
6433     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6434     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6435                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6436     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6437     Previous.clear();
6438     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6439   }
6440 
6441   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6442       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6443 
6444   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6445   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6446     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6447 
6448   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6449        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6450        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6451     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6452     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6453     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6454     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6455 
6456     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6457     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6458       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6459       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6460       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6461       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6462                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6463         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6464         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6465     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6466       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6467           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6468     } else
6469       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6470                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6471                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6472   }
6473   return nullptr;
6474 }
6475 
6476 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6477                                                           Declarator &D) {
6478   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6479   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6480   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6481   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6482   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6483     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6484                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6485     D.setInvalidType();
6486     break;
6487   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6488   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6489     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6490       return SC_None;
6491     return SC_Extern;
6492   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6493     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6494       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6495       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6496       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6497       //   other than extern
6498       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6499       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6500                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6501       break;
6502     } else
6503       return SC_Static;
6504   }
6505   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6506   }
6507 
6508   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6509   return SC_None;
6510 }
6511 
6512 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6513                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6514                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6515                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6516                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6517   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6518   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6519 
6520   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6521   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6522 
6523   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6524     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6525     // prototype. This true when:
6526     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6527     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6528     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6529     bool HasPrototype =
6530       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6531       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6532 
6533     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6534                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6535                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6536                                  HasPrototype, false);
6537     if (D.isInvalidType())
6538       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6539 
6540     // Set the lexical context.
6541     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6542 
6543     return NewFD;
6544   }
6545 
6546   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6547   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6548 
6549   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6550   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6551   // the class has been completely parsed.
6552   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6553       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6554           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6555           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6556     D.setInvalidType();
6557 
6558   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6559     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6560     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6561            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6562 
6563     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6564     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6565                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6566                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6567                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6568                                       isConstexpr);
6569 
6570   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6571     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6572     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6573       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6574       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6575       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6576                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6577                                         D.getLocStart(),
6578                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6579                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6580 
6581       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6582       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6583       // it yet.
6584       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6585           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6586           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6587         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6588       }
6589 
6590       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6591       return NewDD;
6592 
6593     } else {
6594       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6595       D.setInvalidType();
6596 
6597       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6598       // code path.
6599       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6600                                   D.getLocStart(),
6601                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6602                                   SC, isInline,
6603                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6604     }
6605 
6606   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6607     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6608       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6609            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6610       return nullptr;
6611     }
6612 
6613     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6614     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6615     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6616                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6617                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6618                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6619 
6620   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6621     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6622     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6623     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6624     // constructor if it has no return type).
6625     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6626         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6627       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6628         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6629         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6630       return nullptr;
6631     }
6632 
6633     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6634     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6635                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6636                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6637                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6638                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6639     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6640     return Ret;
6641   } else {
6642     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6643     // prototype. This true when:
6644     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6645     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6646                                 D.getLocStart(),
6647                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6648                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6649   }
6650 }
6651 
6652 enum OpenCLParamType {
6653   ValidKernelParam,
6654   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6655   PtrKernelParam,
6656   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6657   InvalidKernelParam,
6658   RecordKernelParam
6659 };
6660 
6661 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6662   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6663     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6664     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6665       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6666     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6667                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6668   }
6669 
6670   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6671   // be used as builtin types.
6672 
6673   if (PT->isImageType())
6674     return PtrKernelParam;
6675 
6676   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6677     return InvalidKernelParam;
6678 
6679   if (PT->isEventT())
6680     return InvalidKernelParam;
6681 
6682   if (PT->isHalfType())
6683     return InvalidKernelParam;
6684 
6685   if (PT->isRecordType())
6686     return RecordKernelParam;
6687 
6688   return ValidKernelParam;
6689 }
6690 
6691 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6692   Sema &S,
6693   Declarator &D,
6694   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6695   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6696   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6697 
6698   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6699   // used again
6700   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6701     return;
6702 
6703   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6704   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6705     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6706     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6707     // pointer to a pointer type.
6708     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6709     D.setInvalidType();
6710     return;
6711 
6712   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6713     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6714     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6715     // pointer to the private address space.
6716     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6717     D.setInvalidType();
6718     return;
6719 
6720     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6721     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6722     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6723     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6724     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6725 
6726   case InvalidKernelParam:
6727     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6728     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6729     // of event_t type.
6730     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6731     D.setInvalidType();
6732     return;
6733 
6734   case PtrKernelParam:
6735   case ValidKernelParam:
6736     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6737     return;
6738 
6739   case RecordKernelParam:
6740     break;
6741   }
6742 
6743   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6744   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6745 
6746   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6747   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6748   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6749   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6750 
6751   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6752   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6753 
6754   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6755 
6756   do {
6757     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6758     if (!Next) {
6759       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6760       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6761       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6762         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6763 
6764       continue;
6765     }
6766 
6767     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6768     // field itself) to the history stack.
6769     const RecordDecl *RD;
6770     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6771       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6772       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6773     } else {
6774       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6775     }
6776 
6777     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6778     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6779 
6780     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6781       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6782 
6783       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6784         continue;
6785 
6786       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6787       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6788         continue;
6789 
6790       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6791         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6792         continue;
6793       }
6794 
6795       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6796       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6797       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6798       // union.
6799       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6800           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6801         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6802                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6803           << PT->isUnionType()
6804           << PT;
6805       } else {
6806         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6807       }
6808 
6809       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6810         << PD->getDeclName();
6811 
6812       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6813       // the offending field came from
6814       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6815              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6816         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6817         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6818           << OuterField->getType();
6819       }
6820 
6821       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6822         << QT->isPointerType()
6823         << QT;
6824       D.setInvalidType();
6825       return;
6826     }
6827   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6828 }
6829 
6830 NamedDecl*
6831 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6832                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6833                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6834                               bool &AddToScope) {
6835   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6836 
6837   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6838 
6839   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6840   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6841   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6842   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6843 
6844   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6845     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6846          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6847       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6848 
6849   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6850     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6851 
6852   bool isFriend = false;
6853   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6854   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6855   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6856 
6857   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6858   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6859   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6860 
6861   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6862 
6863   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6864   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6865 
6866   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6867                                               isVirtualOkay);
6868   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6869 
6870   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6871     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6872 
6873   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6874   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6875   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6876   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6877 
6878   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6879     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6880 
6881   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6882     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6883     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6884     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6885     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6886     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6887     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6888       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6889       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6890       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6891       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6892     }
6893 
6894     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6895     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6896     // return true).
6897     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6898           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6899       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6900         NewFD->setPure(true);
6901     }
6902 
6903     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6904     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6905     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6906     if (D.isInvalidType())
6907       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6908 
6909     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6910     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6911     bool Invalid = false;
6912     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6913             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6914                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6915                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6916                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6917                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6918                     : nullptr,
6919                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6920                 Invalid)) {
6921       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6922         // This is a function template
6923 
6924         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6925         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6926           return nullptr;
6927 
6928         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6929         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6930           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6931           return nullptr;
6932         }
6933 
6934         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6935         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6936         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6937         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6938           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6939           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6940             Invalid = true;
6941         }
6942 
6943 
6944         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6945                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6946                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6947                                                         NewFD);
6948         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6949         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6950 
6951         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6952         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6953           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6954                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6955                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6956         }
6957       } else {
6958         // This is a function template specialization.
6959         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6960         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6961         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6962           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6963                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6964                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6965 
6966         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6967         if (isFriend) {
6968           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6969           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6970 
6971           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6972           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6973           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6974           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6975           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6976           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6977           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6978             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6979             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6980           }
6981 
6982           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6983             << Name << RemoveRange
6984             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6985             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6986         }
6987       }
6988     }
6989     else {
6990       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6991       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6992       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6993         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6994         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6995                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6996                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6997     }
6998 
6999     if (Invalid) {
7000       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7001       if (FunctionTemplate)
7002         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7003     }
7004 
7005     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7006     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7007     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7008     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7009     //
7010     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7011       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7012         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7013              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7014       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7015         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7016         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7017              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7018           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7019       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7020         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7021         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7022         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7023              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7024           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7025       } else {
7026         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7027         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7028       }
7029 
7030       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
7031           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7032         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7033     }
7034 
7035     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
7036         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7037          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7038         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7039       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7040       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7041       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7042       // thing to do.
7043       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7044       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7045       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7046           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7047       QualType Result =
7048           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7049       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7050                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7051     }
7052 
7053     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7054     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7055     //  declaration.
7056     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7057       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7058         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7059         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7060              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7061           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7062       }
7063     }
7064 
7065     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7066     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7067     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7068     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7069     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7070       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7071         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7072         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7073              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7074           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7075       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7076                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7077         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7078         // or conversion function.
7079         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7080              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7082       }
7083     }
7084 
7085     if (isConstexpr) {
7086       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7087       // are implicitly inline.
7088       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7089 
7090       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7091       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7092       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7093       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7094         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7095     }
7096 
7097     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7098     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7099       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7100         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7101           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7102         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7103           << 0
7104           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7105       } else {
7106         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7107         if (FunctionTemplate)
7108           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7109       }
7110     }
7111 
7112     if (isFriend) {
7113       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7114         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7115         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7116       }
7117       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7118       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7119     }
7120 
7121     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7122     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7123     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7124     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7125       case FDK_Declaration:
7126       case FDK_Definition:
7127         break;
7128 
7129       case FDK_Defaulted:
7130         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7131         break;
7132 
7133       case FDK_Deleted:
7134         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7135         break;
7136     }
7137 
7138     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7139         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7140       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7141       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7142       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7143       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7144     }
7145 
7146     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7147         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7148       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7149       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7150       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7151       //   the class.
7152 
7153       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7154       // member function definition.
7155       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7156            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7157         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7158     }
7159 
7160     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7161     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7162     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7163     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7164     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7165          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7166         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7167       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7168           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7169           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7170   }
7171 
7172   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7173   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7174                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7175                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7176                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7177 
7178   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7179   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7180     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7181     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7182     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7183                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7184   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7185     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7186       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7187     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7188       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7189       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7190     }
7191   }
7192 
7193   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7194   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7195   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7196   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7197     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7198 
7199     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7200     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7201     // single void argument.
7202     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7203     // already checks for that case.
7204     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7205       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7206         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7207         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7208         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7209         Params.push_back(Param);
7210 
7211         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7212           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7213       }
7214     }
7215 
7216   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7217     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7218     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7219     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7220     //
7221     // @code
7222     // typedef void fn(int);
7223     // fn f;
7224     // @endcode
7225 
7226     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7227     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7228       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7229           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7230       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7231       Params.push_back(Param);
7232     }
7233   } else {
7234     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7235            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7236   }
7237 
7238   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7239   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7240 
7241   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7242   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7243   //
7244   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7245   //
7246   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7247   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7248   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7249 
7250   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7251     NewFD->addAttr(
7252         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7253                                        Context, 0));
7254 
7255   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7256   // because all functions have linkage.
7257   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7258       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7259     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7260     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7261   }
7262 
7263   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7264       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7265     NewFD->addAttr(
7266         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7267                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7268                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7269     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7270                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7271       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7272   }
7273 
7274   // Handle attributes.
7275   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7276 
7277   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7278   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7279       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7280   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7281       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7282     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7283     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7284     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7285     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7286     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7287       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7288   }
7289 
7290   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7291     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7292     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7293     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7294     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7295         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7296         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7297       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7298            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7299       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7300     }
7301   }
7302 
7303   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7304     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7305     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7306     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7307       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7308 
7309     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7310       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7311 
7312     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7313       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7314                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7315     else if (!Previous.empty())
7316       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7317       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7318     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7319             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7320            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7321   } else {
7322     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7323     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7324     //
7325     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7326     //
7327     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7328     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7329     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7330         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7331         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7332       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7333            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7334         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7335 
7336     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7337     // argument list into our AST format.
7338     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7339       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7340       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7341       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7342       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7343                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7344       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7345                                  TemplateArgs);
7346 
7347       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7348 
7349       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7350         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7351       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7352         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7353         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7354           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7355 
7356         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7357       } else {
7358         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7359                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7360                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7361         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7362         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7363       }
7364     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7365       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7366       // wrote something like:
7367       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7368       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7369       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7370       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7371       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7372       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7373       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7374     }
7375 
7376     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7377     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7378     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7379     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7380     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7381     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7382         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7383          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7384             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7385             InstantiationDependent))) {
7386       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7387              "friend function specialization without template args");
7388       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7389                                                        Previous))
7390         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7391     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7392       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7393           && !isFriend) {
7394         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7395         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7396           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7397           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7398           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7399       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7400                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7401                                                            : nullptr),
7402                                                      Previous))
7403         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7404 
7405       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7406       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7407       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7408       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7409           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7410       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7411         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7412           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7413                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7414             << SC
7415             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7416                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7417 
7418         else
7419           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7420                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7421             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7422                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7423       }
7424 
7425     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7426       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7427           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7428     }
7429 
7430     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7431     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7432       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7433         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7434 
7435       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7436         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7437 
7438       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7439         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7440                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7441     }
7442 
7443     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7444             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7445            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7446 
7447     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7448                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7449                                 : NewFD);
7450 
7451     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7452       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7453       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7454         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7455 
7456       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7457       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7458     }
7459 
7460     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7461         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7462       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7463 
7464     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7465     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7466     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7467       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7468                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7469       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7470                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7471                                     : nullptr,
7472                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7473                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7474                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7475                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7476                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7477                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7478                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7479                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7480                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7481     }
7482 
7483     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7484       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7485     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7486       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7487                                        AddToScope };
7488       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7489       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7490         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7491 
7492       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7493       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7494         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7495         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7496 
7497         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7498         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7499         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7500         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7501         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7502         // can actually do this check immediately.
7503         if (isFriend &&
7504             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7505              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7506              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7507           // ignore these
7508         } else {
7509           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7510           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7511           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7512           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7513           //
7514           // class X {
7515           //   void f() const;
7516           // };
7517           //
7518           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7519           //
7520           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7521           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7522           // whether the parameter types are references).
7523 
7524           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7525                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7526             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7527             return Result;
7528           }
7529         }
7530 
7531         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7532         // to something.
7533       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7534         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7535                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7536           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7537           return Result;
7538         }
7539       }
7540 
7541     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7542                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7543                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7544                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7545       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7546       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7547       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7548       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7549       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7550       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7551       // generate them.
7552       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7553         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7554     }
7555   }
7556 
7557   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7558   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7559 
7560   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7561 
7562   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7563       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7564     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7565          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7566       << NewFD;
7567 
7568     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7569     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7570     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7571         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7572     EPI.Variadic = true;
7573     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7574 
7575     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7576     NewFD->setType(R);
7577   }
7578 
7579   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7580   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7581   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7582     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7583 
7584   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7585   // marking the function.
7586   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7587 
7588   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7589   // a pragma.
7590   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7591     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7592 
7593   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7594   // the map of such variables.
7595   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7596       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7597     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7598 
7599   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7600   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7601 
7602   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7603     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7604         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7605         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7606   }
7607 
7608   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7609     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7610       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7611         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7612       return FunctionTemplate;
7613     }
7614   }
7615 
7616   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7617     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7618     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7619         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7620       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7621       D.setInvalidType();
7622     }
7623 
7624     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7625     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7626       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7627       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7628           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7629                                 : FixItHint());
7630       D.setInvalidType();
7631     }
7632 
7633     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7634     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7635       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7636   }
7637 
7638   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7639 
7640   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7641     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7642       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7643           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7644         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7645           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7646             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7647 
7648           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7649         }
7650       }
7651 
7652   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7653   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7654   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7655   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7656     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7657                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7658                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7659                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7660                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7661     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7662     AddToScope = false;
7663   }
7664 
7665   return NewFD;
7666 }
7667 
7668 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7669 ///
7670 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7671 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7672 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7673 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7674 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7675 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7676 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7677 ///
7678 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7679 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7680 ///
7681 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7682 ///
7683 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7684 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7685                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7686                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7687   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7688          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7689 
7690   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7691   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7692   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7693   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7694                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7695 
7696   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7697   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7698 
7699   bool Redeclaration = false;
7700   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7701 
7702   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7703   // the same name, if appropriate.
7704   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7705     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7706     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7707     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7708     // function to the scope.
7709     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7710       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7711       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7712         Redeclaration = true;
7713         OldDecl = Candidate;
7714       }
7715     } else {
7716       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7717                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7718       case Ovl_Match:
7719         Redeclaration = true;
7720         break;
7721 
7722       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7723         Redeclaration = true;
7724         break;
7725 
7726       case Ovl_Overload:
7727         Redeclaration = false;
7728         break;
7729       }
7730 
7731       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7732         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7733         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7734         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7735           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7736         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7737         if (Redeclaration)
7738           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7739         else if (!Previous.empty())
7740           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7741         if (OverloadedDecl)
7742           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7743                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7744         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7745       }
7746     }
7747   }
7748 
7749   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7750   if (!Redeclaration &&
7751       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7752     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7753     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7754       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7755       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7756       Redeclaration = true;
7757       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7758       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7759 
7760       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7761       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7762         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7763           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7764             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7765           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7766                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7767           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7768         }
7769         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7770           Redeclaration = false;
7771           OldDecl = nullptr;
7772         }
7773       }
7774     }
7775   }
7776 
7777   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7778   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7779   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7780   //
7781   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7782   // definition of a static member function.
7783   //
7784   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7785   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7786   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7787   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7788       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7789       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7790     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7791     if (OldDecl)
7792       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7793     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7794       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7795         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7796       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7797       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7798       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7799                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7800 
7801       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7802       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7803       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7804         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7805         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7806                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7807           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7808 
7809         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7810           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7811       }
7812     }
7813   }
7814 
7815   if (Redeclaration) {
7816     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7817     // merged.
7818     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7819       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7820       return Redeclaration;
7821     }
7822 
7823     Previous.clear();
7824     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7825 
7826     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7827                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7828       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7829       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7830         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7831       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7832       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7833             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7834         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7835         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7836       }
7837 
7838       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7839       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7840       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7841           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7842         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7843         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7844       }
7845 
7846     } else {
7847       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7848       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7849 
7850       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7851         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7852         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7853         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7854         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7855 
7856         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7857         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7858         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7859 
7860         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7861         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7862             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7863           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7864           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7865           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7866           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7867           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7868             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7869           }
7870         }
7871       }
7872     }
7873   }
7874 
7875   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7876 
7877   // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions.
7878   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7879   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7880   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7881     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7882     if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall)
7883       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr)
7884           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall);
7885     // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions?
7886   }
7887 
7888   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7889     // C++-specific checks.
7890     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7891       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7892     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7893                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7894       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7895       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7896 
7897       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7898       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7899       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7900         DeclarationName Name
7901           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7902                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7903         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7904           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7905           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7906           return Redeclaration;
7907         }
7908       }
7909     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7910                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7911       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7912     }
7913 
7914     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7915     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7916       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7917           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7918           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7919         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7920           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7921           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7922             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7923           }
7924         }
7925       }
7926 
7927       if (Method->isStatic())
7928         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7929     }
7930 
7931     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7932     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7933         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7934       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7935       return Redeclaration;
7936     }
7937 
7938     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7939     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7940         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7941       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7942       return Redeclaration;
7943     }
7944 
7945     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7946     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7947     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7948     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7949       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7950 
7951     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7952     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7953     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7954       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7955       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7956       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7957       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7958         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7959         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7960         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7961       }
7962     }
7963 
7964     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7965     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7966     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7967     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7968     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7969       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7970       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7971         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7972             << NewFD << R;
7973       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7974                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7975         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7976     }
7977   }
7978   return Redeclaration;
7979 }
7980 
7981 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7982   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7983   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7984   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7985   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7986   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7987   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7988   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7989   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7990     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7991          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7992       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7993   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7994     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7995       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7996   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7997     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7998     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7999     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8000     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8001       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8002   }
8003   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8004     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8005       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8006     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8007   }
8008 
8009   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8010     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8011         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8012     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8013     return;
8014   }
8015 
8016   QualType T = FD->getType();
8017   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8018   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8019 
8020   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8021     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8022     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8023     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8024 
8025     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8026     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8027       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8028     else {
8029       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8030       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8031       if (RTRange.isValid())
8032         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8033             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8034     }
8035   } else {
8036     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8037     // set the flag which tells us that.
8038     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8039 
8040     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8041     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8042       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8043     else {
8044       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8045       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8046       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8047           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8048                                 : FixItHint());
8049       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8050     }
8051   }
8052 
8053   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8054   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8055 
8056   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8057   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8058   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8059 
8060   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8061 
8062   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8063   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8064   // getting shifty.
8065   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8066     HasExtraParameters = false;
8067 
8068   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8069     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8070     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8071     nparams = 3;
8072   }
8073 
8074   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8075   // if we had some location information about types.
8076 
8077   QualType CharPP =
8078     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8079   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8080 
8081   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8082     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8083 
8084     bool mismatch = true;
8085 
8086     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8087       mismatch = false;
8088     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8089       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8090       //   char const **
8091       //   char const * const *
8092       //   char * const *
8093 
8094       QualifierCollector qs;
8095       const PointerType* PT;
8096       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8097           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8098           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8099                               Context.CharTy)) {
8100         qs.removeConst();
8101         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8102       }
8103     }
8104 
8105     if (mismatch) {
8106       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8107       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8108       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8109     }
8110   }
8111 
8112   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8113     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8114   }
8115 
8116   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8117     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8118     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8119   }
8120 }
8121 
8122 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8123   QualType T = FD->getType();
8124   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8125   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8126 
8127   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8128   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8129   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8130       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8131       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8132     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8133     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8134       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8135 
8136   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8137     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8138     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8139   }
8140 }
8141 
8142 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8143   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8144   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8145   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8146   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8147   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8148   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8149   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8150   // rules there don't matter.)
8151   const Expr *Culprit;
8152   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8153     return false;
8154   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8155     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8156   return true;
8157 }
8158 
8159 namespace {
8160   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8161   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8162   class SelfReferenceChecker
8163       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8164     Sema &S;
8165     Decl *OrigDecl;
8166     bool isRecordType;
8167     bool isPODType;
8168     bool isReferenceType;
8169 
8170   public:
8171     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8172 
8173     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8174                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8175       isPODType = false;
8176       isRecordType = false;
8177       isReferenceType = false;
8178       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8179         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8180         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8181         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8182       }
8183     }
8184 
8185     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8186     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8187     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8188     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8189       if (isReferenceType)
8190         return;
8191       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8192       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8193         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8194         return;
8195       }
8196 
8197       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8198         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8199         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8200         return;
8201       }
8202 
8203       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8204         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8205         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8206           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8207           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8208             return;
8209           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8210         }
8211         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8212           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8213         return;
8214       }
8215     }
8216 
8217     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8218     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8219     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8220       if (isReferenceType)
8221         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8222     }
8223 
8224     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8225       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8226           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8227         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8228 
8229       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8230     }
8231 
8232     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8233       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8234       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8235 
8236       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8237       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8238       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8239       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8240       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8241       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8242         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8243           Warn = false;
8244         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8245       }
8246 
8247       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8248         if (Warn)
8249           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8250         return;
8251       }
8252 
8253       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8254       // Visit that expression.
8255       Visit(Base);
8256     }
8257 
8258     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8259       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8260         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8261           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8262 
8263       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8264     }
8265 
8266     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8267       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8268       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8269           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8270         if (!isPODType)
8271           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8272         return;
8273       }
8274       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8275     }
8276 
8277     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8278 
8279     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8280       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8281         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) {
8282           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8283         }
8284       }
8285       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8286     }
8287 
8288     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8289       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8290       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8291       unsigned diag;
8292       if (isReferenceType) {
8293         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8294       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8295         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8296       } else {
8297         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8298       }
8299 
8300       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8301                             S.PDiag(diag)
8302                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8303                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8304                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8305     }
8306   };
8307 
8308   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8309   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8310                                  bool DirectInit) {
8311     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8312     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8313     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8314       return;
8315 
8316     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8317 
8318     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8319     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8320     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8321       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8322         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8323           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8324             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8325               return;
8326 
8327     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8328   }
8329 }
8330 
8331 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8332 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8333 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8334 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8335                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8336   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8337   // the initializer.
8338   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8339     return;
8340 
8341   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8342     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8343     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8344     // Thus this grotesque test.
8345     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8346     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8347         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8348       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8349     else {
8350       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8351         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8352       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8353     }
8354     return;
8355   }
8356 
8357   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8358   if (!VDecl) {
8359     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8360     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8361     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8362     return;
8363   }
8364   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8365 
8366   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8367   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8368     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8369     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8370     // contains exactly one expression.
8371     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8372       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8373         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8374         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8375         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8376              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8377                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8378           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8379           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8380         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8381         return;
8382       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8383         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8384              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8385                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8386                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8387           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8388           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8389         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8390         return;
8391       } else {
8392         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8393         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8394           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8395                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8396             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8397             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8398       }
8399     }
8400 
8401     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8402     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8403     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8404         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8405       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8406       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8407         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8408         return;
8409       }
8410       Init = Result.get();
8411       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8412     }
8413 
8414     QualType DeducedType;
8415     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8416             DAR_Failed)
8417       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8418     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8419       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8420       return;
8421     }
8422     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8423     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8424 
8425     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8426     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8427       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8428 
8429     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8430     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8431     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8432     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8433     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8434         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8435       SourceLocation Loc =
8436           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8437       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8438         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8439     }
8440 
8441     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8442     // the previously declared type.
8443     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8444       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8445       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8446       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8447     }
8448 
8449     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8450     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8451     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8452       return;
8453   }
8454 
8455   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8456   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8457     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8458     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8459     return;
8460   }
8461 
8462   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8463     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8464     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8465     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8466     return;
8467   }
8468 
8469   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8470     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8471     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8472     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8473     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8474     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8475       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8476     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8477                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8478       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8479       return;
8480     }
8481 
8482     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8483     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8484                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8485                                AbstractVariableType))
8486       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8487   }
8488 
8489   const VarDecl *Def;
8490   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8491     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8492       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8493     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8494     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8495     return;
8496   }
8497 
8498   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8499   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8500     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8501     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8502     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8503     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8504     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8505     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8506     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8507     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8508     //
8509     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8510     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8511     // declaration with an initializer.
8512     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8513       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8514           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8515       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8516       return;
8517     }
8518 
8519     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8520       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8521 
8522     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8523       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8524       return;
8525     }
8526   }
8527 
8528   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8529   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8530   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8531     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8532     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8533     return;
8534   }
8535 
8536   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8537   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8538   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8539 
8540   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8541   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8542   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8543       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8544     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8545     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8546       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8547       return;
8548     }
8549     Init = Result.get();
8550   }
8551 
8552   // Perform the initialization.
8553   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8554     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8555     InitializationKind Kind
8556       = DirectInit ?
8557           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8558                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8559                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8560                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8561                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8562                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8563                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8564 
8565     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8566     if (CXXDirectInit)
8567       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8568                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8569 
8570     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8571     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8572     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8573       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8574       return;
8575     }
8576 
8577     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8578   }
8579 
8580   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8581   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8582   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8583   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8584       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8585     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8586   }
8587 
8588   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8589   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8590   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8591   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8592   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8593     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8594 
8595   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8596     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8597 
8598     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8599       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8600 
8601     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8602     // Although this code can still have problems:
8603     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8604     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8605     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8606     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8607     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8608     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8609         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8610                          Init->getLocStart()))
8611         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8612   }
8613 
8614   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8615   //
8616   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8617   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8618   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8619   //
8620   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8621   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8622   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8623   //
8624   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8625   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8626                                           false,
8627                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8628   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8629     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8630     return;
8631   }
8632   Init = Result.get();
8633 
8634   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8635   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8636 
8637   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8638     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8639     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8640     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8641     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8642       const Expr *Culprit;
8643       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8644         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8645       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8646       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8647       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8648       // constant expressions.
8649       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8650                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8651                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8652         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8653              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8654           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8655     }
8656   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8657              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8658     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8659     //
8660     // struct S {
8661     //   static const int value = 17;
8662     // };
8663 
8664     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8665     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8666     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8667     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8668     //
8669     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8670     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8671     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8672     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8673     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8674     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8675     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8676     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8677     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8678 
8679     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8680     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8681 
8682     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8683     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8684     // type.
8685     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8686 
8687     // Require constness.
8688     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8689       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8690         << Init->getSourceRange();
8691       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8692 
8693     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8694     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8695       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8696       SourceLocation Loc;
8697       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8698         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8699         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8700         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8701       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8702         ; // Nothing to check.
8703       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8704         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8705       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8706         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8707         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8708         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8709           << Init->getSourceRange();
8710       } else {
8711         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8712         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8713         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8714           << Init->getSourceRange();
8715         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8716       }
8717 
8718     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8719     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8720       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8721       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8722       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8723         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8724              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8725             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8726         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8727              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8728             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8729       } else {
8730         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8731           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8732 
8733         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8734           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8735             << Init->getSourceRange();
8736           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8737         }
8738       }
8739 
8740     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8741     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8742       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8743         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8744         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8745       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8746 
8747     } else {
8748       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8749         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8750       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8751     }
8752   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8753     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8754         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8755          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8756            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8757         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8758       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8759 
8760     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8761     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8762       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8763   }
8764 
8765   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8766   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8767   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8768   //
8769   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8770   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8771   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8772   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8773   // special case code.
8774 
8775   // C++ 8.5p11:
8776   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8777   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8778   // class type.
8779   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8780     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8781     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8782   } else if (DirectInit) {
8783     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8784     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8785   }
8786 
8787   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8788 }
8789 
8790 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8791 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8792 /// of sanity.
8793 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8794   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8795   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8796   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8797 
8798   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8799   if (!VD) return;
8800 
8801   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8802   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8803     D->setInvalidDecl();
8804     return;
8805   }
8806 
8807   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8808   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8809 
8810   // Require a complete type.
8811   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8812                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8813                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8814     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8815     return;
8816   }
8817 
8818   // Require a non-abstract type.
8819   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8820                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8821                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8822     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8823     return;
8824   }
8825 
8826   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8827   // though.
8828 }
8829 
8830 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8831                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8832   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8833   if (!RealDecl)
8834     return;
8835 
8836   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8837     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8838 
8839     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8840     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8841       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8842         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8843       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8844       return;
8845     }
8846 
8847     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8848     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8849     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8850     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8851     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8852     // member.
8853     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8854       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8855         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8856              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8857           << Var->getDeclName();
8858       else
8859         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8860       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8861       return;
8862     }
8863 
8864     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8865     // be initialized.
8866     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8867         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8868         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8869       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8870       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8871       return;
8872     }
8873 
8874     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8875     case VarDecl::Definition:
8876       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8877         break;
8878 
8879       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8880       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8881       // a declaration.
8882       //
8883       // Fall through
8884 
8885     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8886       // It's only a declaration.
8887 
8888       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8889       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8890       // object shall be complete.
8891       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8892           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8893           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8894                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8895         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8896 
8897       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8898       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8899           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8900                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8901                                  AbstractVariableType))
8902         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8903       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8904           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8905         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8906         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8907       }
8908 
8909       return;
8910 
8911     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8912       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8913       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8914       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8915       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8916       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8917       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8918         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8919                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8920           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8921                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8922                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8923             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8924         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8925           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8926           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8927           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8928           // NOTE: code such as the following
8929           //     static struct s;
8930           //     struct s { int a; };
8931           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8932           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8933           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8934           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8935             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8936                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8937         }
8938       }
8939 
8940       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8941       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8942         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8943       return;
8944     }
8945 
8946     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8947     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8948     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8949       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8950            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8951       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8952       return;
8953     }
8954 
8955     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8956     // definitions with reference type.
8957     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8958       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8959         << Var->getDeclName()
8960         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8961       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8962       return;
8963     }
8964 
8965     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8966     // variable with dependent type.
8967     if (Type->isDependentType())
8968       return;
8969 
8970     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8971       return;
8972 
8973     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8974       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8975                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8976                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8977         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8978         return;
8979       }
8980     }
8981 
8982     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8983     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8984                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8985                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8986       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8987       return;
8988     }
8989 
8990     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8991     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8992     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8993     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8994     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8995     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8996     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8997     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8998     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8999     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9000     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9001       if (const RecordType *Record
9002             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9003         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9004         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9005         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9006         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9007         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9008           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9009       }
9010     }
9011 
9012     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9013     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9014     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9015     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9016     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9017     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9018     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9019     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9020     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9021     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9022     //   program is ill-formed.
9023     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9024     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9025     //   default-initialized; [...].
9026     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9027     InitializationKind Kind
9028       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9029 
9030     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9031     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9032     if (Init.isInvalid())
9033       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9034     else if (Init.get()) {
9035       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9036       // This is important for template substitution.
9037       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9038     }
9039 
9040     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9041   }
9042 }
9043 
9044 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9045   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9046   if (!VD) {
9047     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9048     D->setInvalidDecl();
9049     return;
9050   }
9051 
9052   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9053 
9054   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9055   int Error = -1;
9056   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9057   case SC_None:
9058     break;
9059   case SC_Extern:
9060     Error = 0;
9061     break;
9062   case SC_Static:
9063     Error = 1;
9064     break;
9065   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9066     Error = 2;
9067     break;
9068   case SC_Auto:
9069     Error = 3;
9070     break;
9071   case SC_Register:
9072     Error = 4;
9073     break;
9074   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9075     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9076   }
9077   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9078     Error = 5;
9079   if (Error != -1) {
9080     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9081       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9082     D->setInvalidDecl();
9083   }
9084 }
9085 
9086 StmtResult
9087 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9088                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9089                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9090                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9091   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9092   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9093   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9094   //   is equivalent to
9095   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9096   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9097 
9098   const char *PrevSpec;
9099   unsigned DiagID;
9100   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9101                      getPrintingPolicy());
9102 
9103   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9104   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9105   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9106 
9107   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9108   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9109                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9110   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9111   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9112   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9113   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9114                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9115 }
9116 
9117 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9118   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9119 
9120   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9121   // local retaining variable.
9122   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9123       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9124     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9125     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9126     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9127     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9128       break;
9129 
9130     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9131     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9132       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9133       break;
9134     }
9135   }
9136 
9137   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9138   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9139   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9140   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9141   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9142   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9143       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9144       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9145       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9146                                   var->getLocation())) {
9147     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9148     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9149     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9150       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9151 
9152     if (!prev)
9153       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9154   }
9155 
9156   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9157     const Expr *Culprit;
9158     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9159       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9160       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9161       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9162       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9163       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9164         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9165     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9166                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9167                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9168       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9169       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9170       //   initialization.
9171       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9172       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9173         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9174       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9175         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9176     }
9177 
9178   }
9179 
9180   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9181       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9182     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9183     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9184     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9185       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9186     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9187       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9188       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9189     } else {
9190       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9191       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9192     }
9193     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9194       var->addAttr(
9195           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9196                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9197                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9198     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9199       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9200         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9201 
9202     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9203     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9204     // attribute.
9205     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9206       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9207                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9208   }
9209 
9210   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9211   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9212 
9213   QualType type = var->getType();
9214   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9215 
9216   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9217   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9218     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9219     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9220 
9221     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9222     // constructing this copy.
9223     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9224       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9225       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9226       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9227       ExprResult result
9228         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9229             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9230             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9231       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9232         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9233         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9234         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9235       }
9236     }
9237   }
9238 
9239   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9240   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9241   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9242 
9243   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9244       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9245     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9246         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9247                                     var->getLocation())) {
9248       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9249       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9250       // warned about them.
9251       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9252       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9253           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9254         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9255           << Init->getSourceRange();
9256     }
9257 
9258     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9259       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9260       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9261         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9262         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9263         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9264         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9265               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9266           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9267           Notes.clear();
9268         }
9269         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9270           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9271         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9272           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9273       }
9274     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9275       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9276       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9277       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9278       var->checkInitIsICE();
9279     }
9280   }
9281 
9282   // Require the destructor.
9283   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9284     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9285 }
9286 
9287 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9288 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9289 void
9290 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9291   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9292   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9293 
9294   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9295   if (!VD)
9296     return;
9297 
9298   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9299 
9300   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9301   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9302     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9303             dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9304       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9305         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9306         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9307         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9308       }
9309     }
9310   }
9311 
9312   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9313   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9314     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9315         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9316       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9317       // with a warning.
9318       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9319         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9320       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9321           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9322           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9323 
9324       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9325            IsClassTemplateMember
9326                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9327                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9328       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9329       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9330         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9331     }
9332   }
9333 
9334   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9335     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9336       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9337       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9338     }
9339   }
9340 
9341   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9342       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9343     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9344       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9345         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9346             << VD->getDeclName();
9347         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9348         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9349       }
9350     }
9351   }
9352 
9353   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9354   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9355   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9356   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9357     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9358 
9359   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9360   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9361       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9362     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9363 
9364   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9365   // tag values.
9366   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9367       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9368     return;
9369 
9370   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9371     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9372     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9373       continue;
9374     }
9375     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9376     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9377       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9378            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9379         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9380       continue;
9381     }
9382     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9383       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9384            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9385         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9386       continue;
9387     }
9388     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9389     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9390                                MagicValue,
9391                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9392                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9393                                I->getMustBeNull());
9394   }
9395 }
9396 
9397 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9398                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9399   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9400 
9401   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9402     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9403 
9404   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9405   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9406     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9407       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9408         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9409           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9410       Decls.push_back(D);
9411     }
9412 
9413   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9414     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9415       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9416       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9417         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9418     }
9419   }
9420 
9421   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9422 }
9423 
9424 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9425 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9426 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9427 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9428                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9429   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9430   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9431   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9432   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9433   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9434   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9435   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9436   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9437     QualType Deduced;
9438     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9439     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9440     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9441       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9442         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9443         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9444         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9445           break;
9446         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9447         if (!U.isNull()) {
9448           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9449           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9450             Deduced = U;
9451             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9452             DeducedDecl = D;
9453           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9454             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9455                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9456               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9457               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9458               << U << D->getDeclName()
9459               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9460               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9461             D->setInvalidDecl();
9462             break;
9463           }
9464         }
9465       }
9466     }
9467   }
9468 
9469   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9470 
9471   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9472       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9473 }
9474 
9475 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9476   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9477 }
9478 
9479 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9480   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9481   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9482    return;
9483 
9484   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9485     return;
9486 
9487   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9488     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9489     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9490     // additional declaration references:
9491     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9492     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9493     //   'struct S *pS;'
9494     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9495     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9496     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9497       Group = Group.slice(1);
9498     }
9499   }
9500 
9501   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9502   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9503   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9504       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9505     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9506     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9507     //
9508     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9509     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9510     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9511     // ahead through comments.
9512     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9513       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9514   }
9515 }
9516 
9517 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9518 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9519 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9520   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9521 
9522   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9523 
9524   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9525   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9526   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9527     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9528   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9529              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9530     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9531   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9532     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9533          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9534     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9535   }
9536 
9537   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9538     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9539       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9540   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9541     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9542       << 0;
9543 
9544   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9545 
9546   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9547   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9548 
9549   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9550     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9551     // parameter.
9552     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9553 
9554     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9555     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9556       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9557         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9558       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9559     }
9560   }
9561 
9562   // Ensure we have a valid name
9563   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9564   if (D.hasName()) {
9565     II = D.getIdentifier();
9566     if (!II) {
9567       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9568         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9569       D.setInvalidType(true);
9570     }
9571   }
9572 
9573   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9574   if (II) {
9575     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9576                    ForRedeclaration);
9577     LookupName(R, S);
9578     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9579       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9580       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9581         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9582         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9583         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9584         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9585       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9586         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9587         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9588 
9589         // Recover by removing the name
9590         II = nullptr;
9591         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9592         D.setInvalidType(true);
9593       }
9594     }
9595   }
9596 
9597   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9598   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9599   // looking like class members in C++.
9600   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9601                                     D.getLocStart(),
9602                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9603                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9604                                     StorageClass);
9605 
9606   if (D.isInvalidType())
9607     New->setInvalidDecl();
9608 
9609   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9610   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9611   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9612                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9613 
9614   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9615   S->AddDecl(New);
9616   if (II)
9617     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9618 
9619   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9620 
9621   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9622     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9623       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9624       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9625       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9626 
9627   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9628     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9629   }
9630   return New;
9631 }
9632 
9633 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9634 /// typedef.
9635 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9636                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9637                                               QualType T) {
9638   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9639      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9640      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9641   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9642                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9643                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9644   Param->setImplicit();
9645   return Param;
9646 }
9647 
9648 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9649                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9650   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9651   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9652   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9653     return;
9654 
9655   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9656     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9657         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9658       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9659         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9660     }
9661   }
9662 }
9663 
9664 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9665                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9666                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9667                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9668   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9669     return;
9670 
9671   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9672   // threshold.
9673   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9674     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9675     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9676       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9677           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9678   }
9679 
9680   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9681   // threshold.
9682   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9683     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9684     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9685       continue;
9686     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9687     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9688       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9689           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9690   }
9691 }
9692 
9693 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9694                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9695                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9696                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9697   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9698   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9699       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9700       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9701 
9702     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9703 
9704     // Special cases for arrays:
9705     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9706     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9707     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9708       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9709         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9710             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9711             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9712       }
9713       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9714     } else {
9715       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9716     }
9717     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9718   }
9719 
9720   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9721                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9722                                          TSInfo,
9723                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9724 
9725   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9726   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9727   // the class has been completely parsed.
9728   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9729       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9730                              AbstractParamType))
9731     New->setInvalidDecl();
9732 
9733   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9734   // passed by reference.
9735   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9736     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9737     Diag(NameLoc,
9738          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9739       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9740     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9741     New->setType(T);
9742   }
9743 
9744   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9745   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9746   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9747   // an address space.
9748   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9749     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9750     // to be qualified with an address space.
9751     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9752       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9753       New->setInvalidDecl();
9754     }
9755   }
9756 
9757   return New;
9758 }
9759 
9760 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9761                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9762   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9763 
9764   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9765   // for a K&R function.
9766   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9767     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9768       --i;
9769       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9770         SmallString<256> Code;
9771         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9772             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9773         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9774             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9775             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9776 
9777         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9778         // type.
9779         AttributeFactory attrs;
9780         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9781         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9782         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9783         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9784                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9785         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9786         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9787         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9788         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9789         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9790         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9791       }
9792     }
9793   }
9794 }
9795 
9796 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9797   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9798   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9799   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9800 
9801   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9802   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9803   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9804 }
9805 
9806 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9807   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9808 }
9809 
9810 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9811                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9812   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9813   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9814     return false;
9815 
9816   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9817   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9818     return false;
9819 
9820   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9821   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9822     return false;
9823 
9824   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9825   if (FD->isMain())
9826     return false;
9827 
9828   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9829   if (FD->isInlined())
9830     return false;
9831 
9832   // Don't warn about function templates.
9833   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9834     return false;
9835 
9836   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9837   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9838     return false;
9839 
9840   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9841   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9842     return false;
9843 
9844   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9845   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9846        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9847     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9848     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9849     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9850       continue;
9851 
9852     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9853     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9854       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9855     break;
9856   }
9857 
9858   return MissingPrototype;
9859 }
9860 
9861 void
9862 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9863                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9864   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9865   // was an extern inline function.
9866   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9867   if (!Definition)
9868     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9869       return;
9870 
9871   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9872     return;
9873 
9874   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9875       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9876     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9877         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9878   else
9879     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9880 
9881   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9882   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9883 }
9884 
9885 
9886 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9887                                    Sema &S) {
9888   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9889 
9890   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9891   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9892   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9893   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9894   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9895 
9896   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9897     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9898   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9899     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9900   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9901     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9902   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9903 
9904   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9905   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9906 
9907   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9908   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9909   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9910     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9911       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9912       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9913         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9914       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9915       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9916       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9917           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9918           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9919                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9920           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9921 
9922     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9923       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9924                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9925     }
9926   }
9927 }
9928 
9929 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9930   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9931   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9932 
9933   if (!D)
9934     return D;
9935   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9936 
9937   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9938     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9939   else
9940     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9941   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9942   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9943   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9944   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9945   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9946   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9947   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9948   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9949   // have the LSI properly restored.
9950   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9951     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9952       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9953       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9954     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9955   }
9956   else
9957     // Enter a new function scope
9958     PushFunctionScope();
9959 
9960   // See if this is a redefinition.
9961   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9962     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9963 
9964   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9965   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9966     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9967         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9968       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9969       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9970     }
9971   }
9972 
9973   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9974   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9975   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9976   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9977       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9978       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9979                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9980     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9981 
9982   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9983   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9984   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9985   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9986   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9987   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
9988   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9989     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9990 
9991     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9992       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9993       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9994       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9995               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9996         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9997         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9998           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9999                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10000             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10001             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10002       }
10003     }
10004   }
10005 
10006   if (FnBodyScope)
10007     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10008 
10009   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10010   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10011                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10012 
10013   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10014   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10015     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10016 
10017     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10018     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10019       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10020 
10021       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10022     }
10023   }
10024 
10025   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10026   // introduce them into the function scope.
10027   if (FnBodyScope) {
10028     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10029              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10030              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10031          I != E; ++I) {
10032       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10033 
10034       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10035       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10036       // and reattach to the current context.
10037       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10038         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10039         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10040           if (DI == D) {
10041             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10042             break;
10043           }
10044         }
10045         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10046         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10047       }
10048 
10049       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10050       if (!D->getName().empty())
10051         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10052 
10053       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10054       // accessible in this scope.
10055       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10056         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10057           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10058       }
10059     }
10060   }
10061 
10062   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10063   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10064     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10065 
10066   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10067   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10068       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10069     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10070     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10071     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10072     return D;
10073   }
10074   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10075   // a function template).
10076   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10077   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10078       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10079       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10080     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10081 
10082   return D;
10083 }
10084 
10085 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10086 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10087 /// optimization.
10088 ///
10089 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10090 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10091 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10092 /// use the named return value optimization.
10093 ///
10094 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10095 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10096 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10097 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10098   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10099 
10100   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10101     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10102       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10103         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10104     }
10105   }
10106 }
10107 
10108 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10109   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10110   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10111     return false;
10112 
10113   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10114   // return type (yet).
10115   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10116     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10117     // we can still delay parsing it.
10118     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10119       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10120       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10121           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10122         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10123         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10124       }
10125     }
10126     return false;
10127   }
10128 
10129   return true;
10130 }
10131 
10132 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10133   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10134   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10135   // rest of the file.
10136   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10137   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10138   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10139     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10140       return false;
10141   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10142 }
10143 
10144 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10145   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10146     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10147   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10148     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10149   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10150 }
10151 
10152 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10153   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10154 }
10155 
10156 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10157                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10158   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10159 
10160   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10161   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10162 
10163   if (FD) {
10164     FD->setBody(Body);
10165 
10166     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10167         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10168       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10169       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10170       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10171       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10172         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10173             << FD->getReturnType();
10174         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10175       } else {
10176         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10177         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10178             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10179         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10180             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10181       }
10182     }
10183 
10184     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10185     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10186     // is the first declaration.
10187     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10188       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10189         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10190       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10191                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10192                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10193         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10194     }
10195 
10196     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10197     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10198     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10199       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10200 
10201     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10202     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10203     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10204       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10205 
10206     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10207       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10208       if (Body)
10209         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10210       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10211                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10212 
10213       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10214       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10215         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10216 
10217       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10218       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10219       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10220       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10221           !FD->isDependentContext())
10222         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10223     }
10224 
10225     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10226            "Function parsing confused");
10227   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10228     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10229     MD->setBody(Body);
10230     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10231       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10232       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10233                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10234 
10235       if (Body)
10236         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10237     }
10238     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10239       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10240         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10241       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10242     }
10243     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10244       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10245       bool isDesignated =
10246           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10247       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10248       (void)isDesignated;
10249 
10250       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10251         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10252         if (!IFace)
10253           return false;
10254         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10255         if (!SuperD)
10256           return false;
10257         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10258             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10259       };
10260       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10261       // of NSObject.
10262       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10263         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10264              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10265         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10266              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10267       }
10268       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10269     }
10270     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10271       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10272       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10273         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10274       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10275     }
10276   } else {
10277     return nullptr;
10278   }
10279 
10280   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10281          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10282          "handled in the block above.");
10283 
10284   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10285   if (Body) {
10286     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10287     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10288     // Verify this.
10289     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10290       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10291 
10292     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10293     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10294         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10295       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10296 
10297     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10298       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10299         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10300 
10301       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10302                                              Destructor->getParent());
10303     }
10304 
10305     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10306     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10307     // deletion in some later function.
10308     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10309         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10310       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10311     }
10312     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10313         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10314       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10315       // enabled.
10316       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10317     }
10318 
10319     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10320         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10321          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10322       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10323 
10324     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10325     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10326     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10327            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10328   }
10329 
10330   if (!IsInstantiation)
10331     PopDeclContext();
10332 
10333   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10334   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10335   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10336   // deletion in some later function.
10337   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10338     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10339   }
10340 
10341   return dcl;
10342 }
10343 
10344 
10345 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10346 /// relevant Decl.
10347 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10348                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10349   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10350   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10351     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10352   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10353 
10354   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10355     if (Method->isStatic())
10356       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10357 }
10358 
10359 
10360 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10361 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10362 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10363                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10364   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10365   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10366   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10367   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10368   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10369     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10370     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10371     return ExternCPrev;
10372   }
10373 
10374   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10375   unsigned diag_id;
10376   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10377     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10378   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10379     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10380   else
10381     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10382   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10383 
10384   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10385   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10386   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10387     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10388     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10389     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10390                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10391                                       CTK_NonError)))
10392       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10393                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10394   }
10395 
10396   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10397   const char *Dummy;
10398   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10399   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10400   unsigned DiagID;
10401   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10402                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10403   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10404   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10405   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10406   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10407   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10408                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10409                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10410                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10411                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10412                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10413                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10414                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10415                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10416                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10417                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10418                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10419                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10420                                              EST_None,
10421                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10422                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10423                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10424                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10425                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10426                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10427                 DS.getAttributes(),
10428                 SourceLocation());
10429   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10430 
10431   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10432 
10433   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10434   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10435 
10436   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10437   FD->setImplicit();
10438 
10439   CurContext = PrevDC;
10440 
10441   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10442 
10443   return FD;
10444 }
10445 
10446 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10447 /// the declaration of this function.
10448 ///
10449 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10450 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10451 /// like NSLog or printf.
10452 ///
10453 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10454 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10455 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10456   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10457     return;
10458 
10459   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10460   // actual attributes.
10461   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10462     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10463     unsigned FormatIdx;
10464     bool HasVAListArg;
10465     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10466       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10467         const char *fmt = "printf";
10468         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10469         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10470             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10471           fmt = "NSString";
10472         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10473                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10474                                                FormatIdx+1,
10475                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10476                                                FD->getLocation()));
10477       }
10478     }
10479     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10480                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10481      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10482        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10483                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10484                                               FormatIdx+1,
10485                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10486                                               FD->getLocation()));
10487     }
10488 
10489     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10490     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10491     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10492     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10493         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10494       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10495         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10496     }
10497 
10498     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10499         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10500       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10501                                          FD->getLocation()));
10502     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10503       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10504     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10505       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10506   }
10507 
10508   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10509   if (!Name)
10510     return;
10511   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10512        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10513       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10514        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10515        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10516     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10517     // about.
10518   } else
10519     return;
10520 
10521   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10522     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10523     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10524     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10525       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10526                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10527                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10528                                              FD->getLocation()));
10529   }
10530 
10531   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10532     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10533     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10534     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10535       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10536                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10537   }
10538 }
10539 
10540 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10541                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10542   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10543   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10544 
10545   if (!TInfo) {
10546     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10547     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10548   }
10549 
10550   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10551   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10552                                            D.getLocStart(),
10553                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10554                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10555                                            TInfo);
10556 
10557   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10558   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10559     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10560     return NewTD;
10561   }
10562 
10563   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10564     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10565       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10566         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10567         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10568         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10569     else
10570       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10571   }
10572 
10573   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10574   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10575   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10576   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10577   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10578   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10579   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10580   case TST_enum:
10581   case TST_struct:
10582   case TST_interface:
10583   case TST_union:
10584   case TST_class: {
10585     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10586 
10587     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10588     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10589     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10590     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10591 
10592     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10593     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10594 
10595     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10596     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10597       break;
10598 
10599     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10600     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10601     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10602     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10603     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10604     // for how to handle it.
10605     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10606       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10607 
10608       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10609       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10610 
10611       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10612       textToInsert += ' ';
10613       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10614       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10615         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10616       break;
10617     }
10618 
10619     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10620     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10621     break;
10622   }
10623 
10624   default:
10625     break;
10626   }
10627 
10628   return NewTD;
10629 }
10630 
10631 
10632 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10633 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10634   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10635   QualType T = TI->getType();
10636 
10637   if (T->isDependentType())
10638     return false;
10639 
10640   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10641     if (BT->isInteger())
10642       return false;
10643 
10644   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10645   return true;
10646 }
10647 
10648 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10649 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10650 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10651                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10652                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10653   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10654 
10655   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10656     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10657       << Prev->isScoped();
10658     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10659     return true;
10660   }
10661 
10662   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10663     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10664         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10665         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10666                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10667       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10668       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10669         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10670       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10671           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10672       return true;
10673     }
10674   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10675     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10676       << Prev->isFixed();
10677     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10678     return true;
10679   }
10680 
10681   return false;
10682 }
10683 
10684 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10685 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10686 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10687 ///
10688 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10689 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10690   switch (Tag) {
10691   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10692   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10693   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10694   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10695   }
10696 }
10697 
10698 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10699 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10700 ///
10701 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10702 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10703 {
10704   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10705 }
10706 
10707 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10708 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10709 ///
10710 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10711 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10712                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10713                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10714                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10715   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10716   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10717   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10718   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10719   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10720   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10721   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10722   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10723   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10724   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10725   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10726   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10727   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10728   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10729   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10730     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10731       return true;
10732 
10733   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10734     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10735     bool isTemplate = false;
10736     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10737       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10738 
10739     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10740       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10741       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10742       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10743         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10744         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10745       return true;
10746     }
10747 
10748     if (isDefinition) {
10749       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10750       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10751       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10752         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10753         return true;
10754       }
10755 
10756       bool previousMismatch = false;
10757       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10758         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10759           if (!previousMismatch) {
10760             previousMismatch = true;
10761             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10762               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10763               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10764           }
10765           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10766             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10767             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10768                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10769         }
10770       }
10771       return true;
10772     }
10773 
10774     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10775     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10776     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10777     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10778                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10779     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10780       return true;
10781     }
10782 
10783     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10784       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10785       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10786     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10787 
10788     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10789     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10790         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10791           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10792           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10793                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10794     }
10795 
10796     return true;
10797   }
10798   return false;
10799 }
10800 
10801 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
10802 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
10803 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
10804 ///   namespace N {
10805 ///     struct X;
10806 ///     namespace M {
10807 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
10808 ///     }
10809 ///   }
10810 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
10811                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10812   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
10813   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
10814   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
10815   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
10816   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10817   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
10818     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
10819     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
10820     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
10821     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
10822       return FixItHint();
10823     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
10824     Namespaces.push_back(II);
10825     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
10826         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
10827     if (Lookup == Namespace)
10828       break;
10829   }
10830 
10831   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
10832   // build an NNS.
10833   SmallString<64> Insertion;
10834   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
10835   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
10836     OS << "::";
10837   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
10838   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
10839     OS << II->getName() << "::";
10840   OS.flush();
10841   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
10842 }
10843 
10844 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10845 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10846 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10847 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10848 ///
10849 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10850 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10851 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10852                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10853                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10854                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10855                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10856                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10857                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10858                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10859                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10860                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10861                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10862   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10863   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10864   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10865          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10866   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10867 
10868   OwnedDecl = false;
10869   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10870   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10871 
10872   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10873   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10874   bool Invalid = false;
10875 
10876   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10877   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10878   // for non-C++ cases.
10879   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10880       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10881     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10882             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10883                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10884                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10885       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10886         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10887         return nullptr;
10888       }
10889 
10890       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10891         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10892         // be a member of another template).
10893 
10894         if (Invalid)
10895           return nullptr;
10896 
10897         OwnedDecl = false;
10898         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10899                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10900                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10901                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10902                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
10903                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10904                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10905         return Result.get();
10906       } else {
10907         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10908         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10909           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10910         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10911       }
10912     }
10913   }
10914 
10915   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10916   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10917   // redeclaration.
10918   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10919 
10920   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10921     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10922       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10923       // type, default to int.
10924       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10925     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10926       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10927       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10928       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10929       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10930       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10931 
10932       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10933         // Recover by falling back to int.
10934         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10935 
10936       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10937                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10938         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10939 
10940     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10941       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10942       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10943   }
10944 
10945   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10946   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10947   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10948 
10949   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10950   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10951     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10952 
10953   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10954   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10955     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10956 
10957     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10958     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10959       Name = nullptr;
10960       goto CreateNewDecl;
10961     }
10962 
10963     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10964     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10965     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10966       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10967       if (!DC) {
10968         IsDependent = true;
10969         return nullptr;
10970       }
10971     } else {
10972       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10973       if (!DC) {
10974         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10975           << SS.getRange();
10976         return nullptr;
10977       }
10978     }
10979 
10980     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10981       return nullptr;
10982 
10983     SearchDC = DC;
10984     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10985     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10986 
10987     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10988       return nullptr;
10989 
10990     if (Previous.empty()) {
10991       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10992       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10993       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10994       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10995       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10996       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10997       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10998           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10999         IsDependent = true;
11000         return nullptr;
11001       }
11002 
11003       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11004       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11005         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11006       Name = nullptr;
11007       Invalid = true;
11008       goto CreateNewDecl;
11009     }
11010   } else if (Name) {
11011     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11012     // declaration or definition.
11013     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11014     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11015     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11016     LookupName(Previous, S);
11017 
11018     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11019     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11020     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11021         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11022       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11023       while (F.hasNext()) {
11024         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11025         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11026           F.erase();
11027       }
11028       F.done();
11029     }
11030 
11031     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11032     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11033     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11034     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11035     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11036     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11037     //
11038     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11039     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11040     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11041     //
11042     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11043     // semantic context?
11044     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11045       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11046       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11047       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11048       while (F.hasNext()) {
11049         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11050         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11051         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11052             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11053           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11054             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11055           else
11056             F.erase();
11057         }
11058       }
11059       F.done();
11060 
11061       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11062       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11063       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11064         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11065         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11066             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11067       }
11068     }
11069 
11070     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11071     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11072       return nullptr;
11073 
11074     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11075       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11076       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11077       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11078       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11079       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11080         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11081     }
11082   }
11083 
11084   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11085       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11086     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11087     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11088     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11089     Previous.clear();
11090   }
11091 
11092   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11093       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11094     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11095     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11096 
11097     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11098       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11099       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11100       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11101       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11102     }
11103   }
11104 
11105   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11106   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11107   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11108   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11109   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11110       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11111     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11112     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11113 
11114     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11115       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11116       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11117       //
11118       //          class-key identifier
11119       //
11120       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11121       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11122       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11123       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11124       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11125       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11126       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11127       //      declaration.
11128       //
11129       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11130       // C structs and unions.
11131       //
11132       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11133       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11134       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11135       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11136       //
11137       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11138       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11139       //
11140       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11141       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11142       // lexical context,
11143       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11144         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11145 
11146       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11147       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11148              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11149               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11150              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11151              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11152         S = S->getParent();
11153     } else {
11154       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11155       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11156       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11157       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11158       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11159       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11160     }
11161 
11162     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11163     // diagnose some problems.
11164     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11165       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11166       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11167     }
11168   }
11169 
11170   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11171     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11172     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11173         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11174 
11175     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11176     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11177     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11178     // in C++.
11179     //
11180     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11181     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11182     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11183     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11184     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11185       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11186         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11187           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11188           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11189               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11190                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11191             PrevDecl = Tag;
11192             Previous.clear();
11193             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11194             Previous.resolveKind();
11195           }
11196         }
11197       }
11198     }
11199 
11200     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11201       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11202       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11203       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11204       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11205           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11206                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11207         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11208         // struct or something similar.
11209         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11210                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11211                                           *Name)) {
11212           bool SafeToContinue
11213             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11214                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11215           if (SafeToContinue)
11216             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11217               << Name
11218               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11219                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11220           else
11221             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11222           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11223 
11224           if (SafeToContinue)
11225             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11226           else {
11227             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11228             Name = nullptr;
11229             Previous.clear();
11230             Invalid = true;
11231           }
11232         }
11233 
11234         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11235           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11236 
11237           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11238           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11239           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11240             if (ScopedEnum)
11241               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11242                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11243                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11244             return PrevTagDecl;
11245           }
11246 
11247           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11248           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11249             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11250           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11251             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11252 
11253           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11254           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11255           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11256           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11257                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11258             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11259         }
11260 
11261         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11262         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11263         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11264         //   and then later defined.
11265         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11266             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11267           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11268           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11269         }
11270 
11271         if (!Invalid) {
11272           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11273           // we have attributes.
11274 
11275           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11276           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11277           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11278           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11279           if (!Attr &&
11280               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11281                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11282                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11283             return PrevTagDecl;
11284 
11285           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11286           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11287             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11288               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11289               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11290               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11291               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11292               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11293                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11294                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11295                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11296                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11297                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11298                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11299                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11300                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11301               }
11302 
11303               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11304                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11305                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11306                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11307                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11308                 else
11309                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11310                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11311                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11312                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11313                 // references get the previous definition.
11314                 Name = nullptr;
11315                 Previous.clear();
11316                 Invalid = true;
11317               }
11318             } else {
11319               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11320               // about a nested redefinition.
11321               const TagType *Tag
11322                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11323               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11324                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11325                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11326                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11327                 Name = nullptr;
11328                 Previous.clear();
11329                 Invalid = true;
11330               }
11331             }
11332 
11333             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11334             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11335           }
11336 
11337           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11338           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11339           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11340           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11341             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11342             AS = AS_none;
11343           }
11344         }
11345         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11346         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11347 
11348       } else {
11349         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11350         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11351         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11352         // have distinct types.
11353         Previous.clear();
11354       }
11355       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11356       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11357       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11358 
11359 
11360     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11361     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11362     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11363     } else {
11364       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11365       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11366       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11367       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11368           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11369         unsigned Kind = 0;
11370         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11371         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11372         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11373         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11374         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11375         Invalid = true;
11376 
11377       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11378       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11379                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11380         // do nothing
11381 
11382       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11383       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11384         unsigned Kind = 0;
11385         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11386         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11387         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11388         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11389         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11390         Invalid = true;
11391 
11392       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11393       // case here.
11394       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11395         unsigned Kind = 0;
11396         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11397         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11398           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11399         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11400         Invalid = true;
11401 
11402       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11403       } else {
11404         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11405         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11406         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11407         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11408         Name = nullptr;
11409         Invalid = true;
11410       }
11411 
11412       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11413       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11414       Previous.clear();
11415     }
11416   }
11417 
11418 CreateNewDecl:
11419 
11420   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11421   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11422     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11423 
11424   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11425   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11426   // keyword.
11427   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11428 
11429   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11430   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11431   // PrevDecl.
11432   TagDecl *New;
11433 
11434   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11435   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11436     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11437     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11438     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11439                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11440                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11441     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11442     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11443       TagDecl *Def;
11444       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11445           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11446         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11447         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11448       }
11449       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11450         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11451           << New;
11452         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11453       } else {
11454         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11455         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11456           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11457         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11458           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11459         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11460 
11461         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11462         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11463         // the declaration context.
11464         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11465           IsForwardReference = true;
11466       }
11467     }
11468 
11469     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11470       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11471       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11472         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11473       else
11474         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11475       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11476     }
11477 
11478   } else {
11479     // struct/union/class
11480 
11481     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11482     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11483     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11484       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11485       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11486                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11487 
11488       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11489         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11490     } else
11491       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11492                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11493   }
11494 
11495   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11496   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11497   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11498     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11499       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11500     Invalid = true;
11501   }
11502 
11503   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11504   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11505     if (SS.isSet()) {
11506       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11507       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11508       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11509       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11510       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11511       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11512           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11513           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11514         Invalid = true;
11515 
11516       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11517       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11518         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11519                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11520                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11521       }
11522     }
11523     else
11524       Invalid = true;
11525   }
11526 
11527   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11528     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11529     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11530     //
11531     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11532     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11533     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11534     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11535     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11536     // parsing of the struct).
11537     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11538       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11539       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11540     }
11541   }
11542 
11543   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11544     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11545       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11546         << 2
11547         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11548     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11549     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11550     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11551     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11552       New->setModulePrivate();
11553   }
11554 
11555   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11556   // check the specialization.
11557   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11558     Invalid = true;
11559 
11560   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11561   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11562   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11563   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11564       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11565     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11566       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11567       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11568       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11569         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11570             << Name;
11571         Invalid = true;
11572       }
11573     } else {
11574       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11575     }
11576     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11577   }
11578 
11579   if (Invalid)
11580     New->setInvalidDecl();
11581 
11582   if (Attr)
11583     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11584 
11585   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11586   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11587   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11588 
11589   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11590   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11591   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11592   // the tag name visible.
11593   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11594     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11595 
11596   // Set the access specifier.
11597   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11598     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11599 
11600   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11601     New->startDefinition();
11602 
11603   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11604   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11605     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11606     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11607     if (PrevDecl)
11608       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11609 
11610     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11611     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11612     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11613       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11614         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11615   } else if (Name) {
11616     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11617     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11618     if (IsForwardReference)
11619       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11620 
11621   } else {
11622     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11623   }
11624 
11625   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11626   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11627     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11628         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11629         II->isStr("FILE"))
11630       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11631 
11632   if (PrevDecl)
11633     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11634 
11635   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11636   // record.
11637   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11638 
11639   OwnedDecl = true;
11640   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11641   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11642   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11643 }
11644 
11645 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11646   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11647   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11648 
11649   // Enter the tag context.
11650   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11651 
11652   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11653 
11654   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11655   // record.
11656   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11657 }
11658 
11659 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11660   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11661          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11662   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11663   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11664       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11665   CurContext = OCD;
11666   return IDecl;
11667 }
11668 
11669 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11670                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11671                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11672                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11673   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11674   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11675 
11676   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11677 
11678   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11679     return;
11680 
11681   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11682     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11683                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11684 
11685   // C++ [class]p2:
11686   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11687   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11688   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11689   //   as if it were a public member name.
11690   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11691     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11692                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11693                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11694                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11695                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11696   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11697   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11698   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11699   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11700       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11701   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11702   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11703          "Broken injected-class-name");
11704 }
11705 
11706 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11707                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11708   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11709   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11710   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11711 
11712   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11713   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11714     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11715     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11716       RD->completeDefinition();
11717   }
11718 
11719   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11720     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11721 
11722   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11723   PopDeclContext();
11724 
11725   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11726       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11727     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11728 
11729   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11730   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11731     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11732 }
11733 
11734 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11735   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11736   PopDeclContext();
11737 }
11738 
11739 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11740   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11741   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11742   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11743 }
11744 
11745 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11746   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11747   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11748 }
11749 
11750 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11751   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11752   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11753   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11754 
11755   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11756   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11757     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11758       RD->completeDefinition();
11759   }
11760 
11761   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11762   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11763   // the FieldCollector.
11764 
11765   PopDeclContext();
11766 }
11767 
11768 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11769 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11770                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11771                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11772                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11773   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11774   if (ZeroWidth)
11775     *ZeroWidth = true;
11776 
11777   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11778   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11779   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11780     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11781     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11782       return ExprError();
11783     if (FieldName)
11784       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11785         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11786     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11787       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11788   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11789                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11790     return ExprError();
11791 
11792   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11793   // it now.
11794   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11795     return BitWidth;
11796 
11797   llvm::APSInt Value;
11798   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11799   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11800     return ICE;
11801   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11802 
11803   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11804     *ZeroWidth = false;
11805 
11806   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11807   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11808     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11809 
11810   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11811     if (FieldName)
11812       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11813                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11814     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11815       << Value.toString(10);
11816   }
11817 
11818   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11819     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11820     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11821       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11822           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11823         if (FieldName)
11824           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11825             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11826             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11827 
11828         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11829           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11830       }
11831 
11832       if (FieldName)
11833         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11834           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11835           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11836       else
11837         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11838           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11839     }
11840   }
11841 
11842   return BitWidth;
11843 }
11844 
11845 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11846 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11847 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11848                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11849   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11850                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11851                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11852   return Res;
11853 }
11854 
11855 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11856 ///
11857 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11858                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11859                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11860                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11861                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11862   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11863   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11864   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11865 
11866   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11867   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11868   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11869     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11870 
11871     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11872                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11873       D.setInvalidType();
11874       T = Context.IntTy;
11875       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11876     }
11877   }
11878 
11879   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11880   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11881     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11882     D.setInvalidType();
11883   }
11884 
11885   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11886   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11887   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11888     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11889     D.setInvalidType();
11890   }
11891 
11892   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11893 
11894   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11895     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11896          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11897       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11898 
11899   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11900   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11901   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11902   LookupName(Previous, S);
11903   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11904     case LookupResult::Found:
11905     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11906       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11907       break;
11908 
11909     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11910       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11911       break;
11912 
11913     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11914     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11915     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11916       break;
11917   }
11918   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11919 
11920   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11921     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11922     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11923     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11924     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11925   }
11926 
11927   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11928     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11929 
11930   bool Mutable
11931     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11932   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11933   FieldDecl *NewFD
11934     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11935                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11936 
11937   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11938     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11939 
11940   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11941     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11942 
11943   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11944     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11945     // with the same name in the same scope.
11946   } else if (II) {
11947     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11948   } else
11949     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11950 
11951   return NewFD;
11952 }
11953 
11954 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11955 ///
11956 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11957 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11958 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11959 /// created.
11960 ///
11961 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11962 ///
11963 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11964 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11965                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11966                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11967                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11968                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11969                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11970                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11971                                 Declarator *D) {
11972   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11973   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11974   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11975 
11976   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11977   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11978   if (T.isNull()) {
11979     InvalidDecl = true;
11980     T = Context.IntTy;
11981   }
11982 
11983   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11984   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11985     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11986       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11987       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11988       InvalidDecl = true;
11989     } else {
11990       NamedDecl *Def;
11991       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11992       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11993         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11994         InvalidDecl = true;
11995       }
11996     }
11997   }
11998 
11999   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12000   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12001     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12002     InvalidDecl = true;
12003   }
12004 
12005   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12006   // than a variably modified type.
12007   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12008     bool SizeIsNegative;
12009     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12010 
12011     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12012       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12013                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12014                                                     Oversized);
12015     if (FixedTInfo) {
12016       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12017       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12018       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12019     } else {
12020       if (SizeIsNegative)
12021         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12022       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12023         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12024           << Oversized.toString(10);
12025       else
12026         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12027       InvalidDecl = true;
12028     }
12029   }
12030 
12031   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12032   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12033                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12034                                              AbstractFieldType))
12035     InvalidDecl = true;
12036 
12037   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12038   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12039   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12040     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12041                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12042     if (!BitWidth) {
12043       InvalidDecl = true;
12044       BitWidth = nullptr;
12045       ZeroWidth = false;
12046     }
12047   }
12048 
12049   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12050   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12051     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12052     if (T->isReferenceType())
12053       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12054     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12055       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12056 
12057     if (DiagID) {
12058       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12059       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12060         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12061       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12062       Mutable = false;
12063       InvalidDecl = true;
12064     }
12065   }
12066 
12067   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12068   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12069   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12070   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12071     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12072 
12073   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12074                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12075   if (InvalidDecl)
12076     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12077 
12078   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12079     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12080     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12081     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12082   }
12083 
12084   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12085     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12086       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12087         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12088         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12089           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12090           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12091           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12092           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12093           // objects.
12094           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12095             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12096         }
12097       }
12098 
12099       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12100       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12101       // enabled.
12102       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12103         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12104                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12105                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12106           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12107         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12108           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12109       }
12110     }
12111   }
12112 
12113   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12114   // representation, not a parser representation.
12115   if (D) {
12116     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12117     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12118 
12119     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12120       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12121   }
12122 
12123   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12124   // retainable type.
12125   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12126     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12127 
12128   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12129     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12130 
12131   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12132   return NewFD;
12133 }
12134 
12135 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12136   assert(FD);
12137   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12138 
12139   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12140     return false;
12141 
12142   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12143   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12144     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12145     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12146       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12147       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12148       // copy constructors.
12149 
12150       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12151       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12152       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12153       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12154       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12155       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12156       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12157         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12158       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12159         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12160       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12161         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12162       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12163         member = CXXDestructor;
12164 
12165       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12166         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12167             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12168           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12169           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12170           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12171           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12172           // members unavailable.
12173           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12174           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12175             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12176               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12177                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12178                                   Loc));
12179             return false;
12180           }
12181         }
12182 
12183         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12184                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12185                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12186           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12187         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12188         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12189       }
12190     }
12191   }
12192 
12193   return false;
12194 }
12195 
12196 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12197 ///  AST enum value.
12198 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12199 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12200   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12201   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12202   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12203   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12204   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12205   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12206   }
12207 }
12208 
12209 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12210 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12211 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12212                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12213                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12214                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12215 
12216   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12217   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12218   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12219   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12220 
12221   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12222   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12223 
12224   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12225   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12226 
12227   if (BitWidth) {
12228     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12229     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12230     if (!BitWidth)
12231       D.setInvalidType();
12232   } else {
12233     // Not a bitfield.
12234 
12235     // validate II.
12236 
12237   }
12238   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12239     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12240     D.setInvalidType();
12241   }
12242   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12243   // than a variably modified type.
12244   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12245     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12246     D.setInvalidType();
12247   }
12248 
12249   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12250   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12251     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12252                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12253   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12254   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12255   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12256     return nullptr;
12257   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12258   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12259       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12260     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12261     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12262       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12263       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12264     }
12265     else
12266       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12267   } else {
12268     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12269         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12270       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12271         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12272         return nullptr;
12273       }
12274     }
12275     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12276   }
12277 
12278   // Construct the decl.
12279   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12280                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12281                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12282 
12283   if (II) {
12284     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12285                                            ForRedeclaration);
12286     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12287         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12288       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12289       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12290       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12291     }
12292   }
12293 
12294   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12295   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12296 
12297   if (D.isInvalidType())
12298     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12299 
12300   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12301   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12302     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12303 
12304   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12305     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12306 
12307   if (II) {
12308     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12309     // these to the interface.
12310     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12311     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12312   }
12313 
12314   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12315       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12316     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12317 
12318   return NewID;
12319 }
12320 
12321 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12322 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12323 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12324 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12325 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12326                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12327   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12328     return;
12329 
12330   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12331   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12332 
12333   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12334     return;
12335   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12336   if (!ID) {
12337     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12338       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12339         return;
12340     }
12341     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12342     else
12343       return;
12344   }
12345   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12346   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12347   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12348 
12349   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12350                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12351                               Context.CharTy,
12352                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12353                                                                DeclLoc),
12354                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12355                               true);
12356   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12357 }
12358 
12359 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12360                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12361                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12362   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12363 
12364   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12365   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12366   // it will now change.
12367   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12368     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12369     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12370     default: break;
12371     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12372       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12373       break;
12374     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12375       Context.
12376         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12377       break;
12378     }
12379   }
12380 
12381   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12382 
12383   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12384   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12385   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12386   if (Record) {
12387     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12388       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12389         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12390           ++NumNamedMembers;
12391     }
12392   }
12393 
12394   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12395   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12396 
12397   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12398   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12399        i != end; ++i) {
12400     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12401 
12402     // Get the type for the field.
12403     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12404 
12405     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12406       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12407       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12408     }
12409 
12410     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12411     // diagnostics about it.
12412     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12413       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12414       continue;
12415     }
12416 
12417     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12418     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12419     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12420     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12421     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12422     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12423     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12424     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12425     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12426     //   array.
12427     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12428       // Field declared as a function.
12429       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12430         << FD->getDeclName();
12431       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12432       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12433       continue;
12434     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12435                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12436                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12437                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12438                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12439       // Flexible array member.
12440       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12441       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12442       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12443       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12444       if (Record->isUnion())
12445         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12446                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12447                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12448                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12449                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12450       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12451         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12452                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12453                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12454                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12455                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12456                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12457                                  : 0;
12458 
12459       if (DiagID)
12460         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12461                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12462       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12463       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12464       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12465       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12466       // of the type.
12467       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12468         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12469           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12470             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12471       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12472         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12473           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12474 
12475       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12476       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12477       //
12478       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12479       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12480       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12481       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12482         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12483           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12484         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12485         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12486         continue;
12487       }
12488       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12489       if (Record)
12490         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12491     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12492                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12493                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12494       // Incomplete type
12495       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12496       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12497       continue;
12498     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12499       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12500         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12501         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12502           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12503         } else {
12504           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12505           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12506           // structures.
12507           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12508             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12509               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12510           else {
12511             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12512             // other structs as an extension.
12513             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12514               << FD->getDeclName();
12515             if (Record)
12516               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12517           }
12518         }
12519       }
12520       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12521           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12522                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12523                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12524         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12525         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12526       }
12527       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12528         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12529       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12530         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12531     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12532       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12533       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12534         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12535       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12536       FD->setType(T);
12537     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12538                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12539       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12540       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12541       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12542       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12543       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12544       QualType T = FD->getType();
12545       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12546       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12547         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12548         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12549           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12550             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12551                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12552                               loc));
12553           }
12554         } else {
12555           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12556             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12557         }
12558         ARCErrReported = true;
12559       }
12560     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12561                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12562                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12563       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12564           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12565         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12566       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12567         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12568         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12569             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12570           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12571         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12572                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12573                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12574       }
12575     }
12576     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12577       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12578     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12579     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12580       ++NumNamedMembers;
12581   }
12582 
12583   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12584   if (Record) {
12585     bool Completed = false;
12586     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12587       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12588         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12589         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12590                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12591                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12592           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12593 
12594         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12595           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12596             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12597             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12598               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12599                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12600           }
12601 
12602           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12603           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12604 
12605           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12606           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12607           // problem now.
12608           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12609             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12610             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12611 
12612             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12613                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12614                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12615               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12616                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12617                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12618                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12619                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12620                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12621                   continue;
12622 
12623                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12624                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12625                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12626                 //   program is ill-formed.
12627                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12628                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12629                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12630                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12631                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12632                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12633                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12634                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12635                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12636                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12637 
12638                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12639               }
12640             }
12641             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12642             Completed = true;
12643           }
12644         }
12645       }
12646     }
12647 
12648     if (!Completed)
12649       Record->completeDefinition();
12650 
12651     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12652       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12653 
12654       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12655         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12656                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12657                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12658     }
12659 
12660     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12661     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12662     // compatibility problems.
12663     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12664     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12665       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12666     } else {
12667       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12668       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12669       CheckForZeroSize =
12670           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12671           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12672           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12673     }
12674     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12675       bool ZeroSize = true;
12676       bool IsEmpty = true;
12677       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12678       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12679                                       E = Record->field_end();
12680            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12681         IsEmpty = false;
12682         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12683           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12684             ZeroSize = false;
12685         } else {
12686           ++NonBitFields;
12687           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12688           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12689               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12690             ZeroSize = false;
12691         }
12692       }
12693 
12694       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12695       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12696       // extern "C" block.
12697       if (ZeroSize) {
12698         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12699                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12700                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12701           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12702       }
12703 
12704       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12705       // but are accepted by GCC.
12706       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12707         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12708                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12709           << Record->isUnion();
12710       }
12711     }
12712   } else {
12713     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12714       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12715     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12716       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12717       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12718       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12719         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12720         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12721       }
12722       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12723       // duplicates.
12724       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12725         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12726     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12727                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12728       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12729       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12730         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12731         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12732         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12733       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12734       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12735       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12736     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12737                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12738       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12739       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12740       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12741       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12742       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12743       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12744       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12745       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12746         if (IDecl) {
12747           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12748               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12749             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12750                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12751             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12752             continue;
12753           }
12754           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12755             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12756                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12757               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12758                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12759               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12760               continue;
12761             }
12762           }
12763         }
12764         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12765         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12766       }
12767       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12768       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12769     }
12770   }
12771 
12772   if (Attr)
12773     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12774 }
12775 
12776 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12777 /// the given type T.
12778 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12779                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12780                                         QualType T) {
12781   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12782   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12783 
12784   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12785     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12786       --BitWidth;
12787     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12788   }
12789   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12790 }
12791 
12792 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12793 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12794 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12795   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12796   // enum checking below.
12797   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12798   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12799   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12800     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12801   };
12802   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12803     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12804     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12805   };
12806 
12807   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12808   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12809                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12810   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12811     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12812       return Types[I];
12813 
12814   return QualType();
12815 }
12816 
12817 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12818                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12819                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12820                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12821                                           Expr *Val) {
12822   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12823   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12824   QualType EltTy;
12825 
12826   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12827     Val = nullptr;
12828 
12829   if (Val)
12830     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12831 
12832   if (Val) {
12833     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12834       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12835     else {
12836       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12837       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12838           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12839         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12840         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12841         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12842         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12843         ExprResult Converted =
12844           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12845                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12846         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12847           Val = nullptr;
12848         else
12849           Val = Converted.get();
12850       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12851                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12852                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12853         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12854       } else {
12855         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12856           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12857 
12858           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12859           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12860           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12861           // expression checking.
12862           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12863             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12864               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12865               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12866             } else
12867               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12868           } else
12869             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12870         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12871           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12872           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12873           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12874           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12875           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12876           EltTy = Val->getType();
12877         } else {
12878           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12879           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12880           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12881           //   representable as an int.
12882 
12883           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12884           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12885             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12886               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12887               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12888           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12889             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12890             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12891           }
12892           EltTy = Val->getType();
12893         }
12894       }
12895     }
12896   }
12897 
12898   if (!Val) {
12899     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12900       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12901     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12902       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12903       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12904       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12905       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12906       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12907       //
12908       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12909       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12910       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12911         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12912       }
12913       else {
12914         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12915       }
12916     } else {
12917       // Assign the last value + 1.
12918       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12919       ++EnumVal;
12920       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12921 
12922       // Check for overflow on increment.
12923       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12924         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12925         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12926         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12927         //
12928         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12929         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12930         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12931         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12932         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12933         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12934         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12935         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12936           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12937           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12938           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12939           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12940           ++EnumVal;
12941           if (Enum->isFixed())
12942             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12943             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12944               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12945               << EltTy;
12946           else
12947             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12948               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12949         } else {
12950           EltTy = T;
12951         }
12952 
12953         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12954         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12955         // value, then increment.
12956         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12957         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12958         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12959         ++EnumVal;
12960 
12961         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12962         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12963         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12964         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12965         // integral type.
12966         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12967           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12968       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12969                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12970         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12971         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12972           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12973       }
12974     }
12975   }
12976 
12977   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12978     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12979     // enumerator's type.
12980     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12981     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12982   }
12983 
12984   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12985                                   Val, EnumVal);
12986 }
12987 
12988 
12989 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12990                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12991                               AttributeList *Attr,
12992                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12993   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12994   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12995     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12996 
12997   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12998   // we find one that is.
12999   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13000 
13001   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13002   // scope.
13003   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13004                                          ForRedeclaration);
13005   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13006     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13007     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13008     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13009     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13010   }
13011 
13012   if (PrevDecl) {
13013     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13014     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13015     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13016            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13017     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13018       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13019         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13020       else
13021         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13022       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13023       return nullptr;
13024     }
13025   }
13026 
13027   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13028   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13029   // different from T:
13030   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13031   // enumerated type
13032   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13033                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13034                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13035     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13036         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13037       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13038 
13039   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13040     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13041 
13042   if (New) {
13043     // Process attributes.
13044     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13045 
13046     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13047     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13048     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13049   }
13050 
13051   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13052 
13053   return New;
13054 }
13055 
13056 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13057 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13058 // Element2 = Element1
13059 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13060 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13061 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13062 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13063   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13064   if (!InitExpr)
13065     return true;
13066   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13067 
13068   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13069     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13070       return true;
13071     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13072     if (!IL)
13073       return true;
13074     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13075       return true;
13076 
13077     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13078   }
13079 
13080   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13081   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13082   if (!DRE)
13083     return true;
13084 
13085   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13086   if (!EnumConstant)
13087     return true;
13088 
13089   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13090       Enum)
13091     return true;
13092 
13093   return false;
13094 }
13095 
13096 struct DupKey {
13097   int64_t val;
13098   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13099   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13100     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13101 };
13102 
13103 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13104   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13105                 false);
13106 }
13107 
13108 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13109   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13110   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13111   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13112     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13113   }
13114   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13115     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13116            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13117   }
13118 };
13119 
13120 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13121 // a previous element has already been set to.
13122 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13123                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13124                                         QualType EnumType) {
13125   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13126     return;
13127   // Avoid anonymous enums
13128   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13129     return;
13130 
13131   // Only check for small enums.
13132   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13133     return;
13134 
13135   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13136   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13137 
13138   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13139   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13140           ValueToVectorMap;
13141 
13142   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13143   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13144 
13145   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13146   // an initialier.
13147   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13148     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13149 
13150     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13151     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13152     if (!ECD) {
13153       return;
13154     }
13155 
13156     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13157       continue;
13158 
13159     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13160     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13161 
13162     // First time encountering this value.
13163     if (Entry.isNull())
13164       Entry = ECD;
13165   }
13166 
13167   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13168   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13169     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13170     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13171       continue;
13172 
13173     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13174 
13175     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13176     if (Entry.isNull())
13177       continue;
13178 
13179     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13180       // Ensure constants are different.
13181       if (D == ECD)
13182         continue;
13183 
13184       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13185       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13186       Vec->push_back(D);
13187       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13188 
13189       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13190       Entry = Vec;
13191 
13192       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13193       // diagnostics.
13194       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13195       continue;
13196     }
13197 
13198     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13199     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13200     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13201       continue;
13202 
13203     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13204   }
13205 
13206   // Emit diagnostics.
13207   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13208                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13209        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13210     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13211     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13212 
13213     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13214     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13215     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13216       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13217       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13218     ++I;
13219 
13220     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13221     // the same value.
13222     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13223       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13224         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13225         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13226     delete Vec;
13227   }
13228 }
13229 
13230 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13231                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13232                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13233                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13234   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13235   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13236 
13237   if (Attr)
13238     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13239 
13240   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13241     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13242       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13243         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13244       if (!ECD) continue;
13245 
13246       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13247     }
13248 
13249     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13250     return;
13251   }
13252 
13253   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13254   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13255   // emit a warning.
13256   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13257   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13258   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13259 
13260   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13261   // reverse the list.
13262   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13263   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13264 
13265   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13266   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13267 
13268   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13269     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13270       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13271     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13272 
13273     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13274 
13275     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13276     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13277       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13278                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13279     else
13280       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13281                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13282 
13283     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13284     if (AllElementsInt)
13285       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13286   }
13287 
13288   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13289   QualType BestType;
13290   unsigned BestWidth;
13291 
13292   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13293   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13294   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13295   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13296   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13297   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13298   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13299   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13300   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13301   QualType BestPromotionType;
13302 
13303   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13304   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13305   // enum definitions.
13306   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13307     Packed = true;
13308 
13309   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13310     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13311     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13312       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13313     else
13314       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13315     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13316     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13317     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13318     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13319   }
13320   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13321     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13322     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13323     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13324     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13325       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13326       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13327     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13328                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13329       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13330       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13331     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13332       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13333       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13334     } else {
13335       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13336 
13337       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13338         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13339       } else {
13340         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13341 
13342         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13343           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13344         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13345       }
13346     }
13347     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13348   } else {
13349     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13350     // all of the enumerator values.
13351     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13352     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13353       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13354       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13355       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13356     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13357       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13358       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13359       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13360     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13361       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13362       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13363       BestPromotionType
13364         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13365                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13366     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13367                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13368       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13369       BestPromotionType
13370         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13371                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13372     } else {
13373       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13374       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13375              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13376       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13377       BestPromotionType
13378         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13379                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13380     }
13381   }
13382 
13383   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13384   // the type of the enum if needed.
13385   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13386     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13387     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13388 
13389     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13390     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13391     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13392     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13393     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13394 
13395     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13396     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13397 
13398     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13399     // the enum decl type.
13400     QualType NewTy;
13401     unsigned NewWidth;
13402     bool NewSign;
13403     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13404         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13405         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13406       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13407       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13408       NewSign = true;
13409     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13410       // Already the right type!
13411       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13412         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13413         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13414         // enumeration.
13415         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13416       continue;
13417     } else {
13418       NewTy = BestType;
13419       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13420       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13421     }
13422 
13423     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13424     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13425     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13426     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13427 
13428     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13429     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13430         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13431       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13432                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13433                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13434                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13435                                                 VK_RValue));
13436     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13437       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13438       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13439       // enumeration.
13440       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13441     else
13442       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13443   }
13444 
13445   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13446                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13447 
13448   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13449 
13450   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13451   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13452     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13453 }
13454 
13455 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13456                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13457                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13458   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13459 
13460   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13461                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13462                                                    EndLoc);
13463   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13464   return New;
13465 }
13466 
13467 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13468                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13469                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13470   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13471     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13472     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13473       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13474         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13475           << M->getFullModuleName();
13476         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13477         return;
13478       }
13479       break;
13480     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13481       break;
13482     }
13483     DC = LSD->getParent();
13484   }
13485 
13486   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13487     DC = DC->getParent();
13488   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13489     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13490       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13491     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13492            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13493       << DC;
13494   }
13495 }
13496 
13497 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13498                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13499                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13500   Module *Mod =
13501       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13502                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13503   if (!Mod)
13504     return true;
13505 
13506   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13507 
13508   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13509   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13510   // silently ignoring the import.
13511   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13512     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13513         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13514   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13515     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13516         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13517 
13518   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13519   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13520   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13521     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13522     // We need the length to be consistent.
13523     if (!ModCheck)
13524       break;
13525     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13526 
13527     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13528   }
13529 
13530   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13531                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13532                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13533                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13534   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13535   return Import;
13536 }
13537 
13538 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13539   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13540 
13541   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13542   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13543                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13544 }
13545 
13546 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13547                                                       Module *Mod) {
13548   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13549   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13550     return;
13551 
13552   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13553   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13554   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13555                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13556   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13557   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13558 
13559   // Make the module visible.
13560   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13561                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13562 }
13563 
13564 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13565                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13566                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13567                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13568                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13569   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13570                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13571   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13572                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13573 
13574   if (PrevDecl)
13575     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13576   else
13577     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13578       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13579 }
13580 
13581 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13582                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13583                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13584   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13585 
13586   if (PrevDecl) {
13587     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13588   } else {
13589     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13590       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13591         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13592   }
13593 }
13594 
13595 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13596                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13597                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13598                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13599                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13600   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13601                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13602   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13603 
13604   if (PrevDecl) {
13605     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13606       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13607         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13608   } else {
13609     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13610       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13611   }
13612 }
13613 
13614 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13615   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13616 }
13617 
13618 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13619   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13620   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13621   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13622   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13623   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13624   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13625   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13626     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13627     if (R != AR_Available)
13628       return R;
13629     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13630   }
13631   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13632   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13633   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13634             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13635     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13636   }
13637   return D->getAvailability();
13638 }
13639